Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 2811:5381eb5b1eb9 v7.3.181
updated for version 7.3.181
Problem: When repeating the insert of CTRL-V or a digraph the display may
not be updated correctly.
Solution: Only call edit_unputchar() after edit_putchar(). (Lech Lorens)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Tue, 10 May 2011 14:22:16 +0200 |
| parents | c00efaa0af24 |
| children | d641f141f937 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 | |
| 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 17 /* | |
| 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
| 19 */ | |
| 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
| 21 | |
| 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
| 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
| 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
| 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
| 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
| 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
| 12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
| 523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
| 477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
| 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
| 7 | 37 |
| 38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
| 39 | |
| 40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
| 41 { | |
| 42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
| 819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
| 449 | 44 NULL, |
| 7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
| 46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
| 47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
| 48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
| 49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
| 50 NULL, | |
| 51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
| 52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
| 12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
| 54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
| 523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
| 819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
| 449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
| 7 | 58 }; |
| 59 | |
| 1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
| 2631 | 61 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 62 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); | |
| 63 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); | |
| 64 #endif | |
| 7 | 65 |
| 66 /* | |
| 67 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
| 68 */ | |
| 681 | 69 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
| 70 struct compl_S | |
| 7 | 71 { |
| 464 | 72 compl_T *cp_next; |
| 73 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
| 74 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
| 681 | 75 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
| 786 | 76 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
| 659 | 77 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
| 78 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
| 464 | 79 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
| 80 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
| 7 | 81 }; |
| 82 | |
| 464 | 83 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
| 7 | 84 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
| 85 | |
| 86 /* | |
| 87 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
| 449 | 88 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
| 89 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
| 90 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
| 91 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
| 7 | 92 */ |
| 464 | 93 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
| 94 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 95 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
| 449 | 96 |
| 825 | 97 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
| 98 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
| 99 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 100 | |
| 657 | 101 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
| 102 * are used. */ | |
| 103 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 104 | |
| 665 | 105 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
| 106 in compl_leader */ | |
| 107 | |
| 657 | 108 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
| 109 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
| 110 the longest common string. */ | |
| 111 | |
| 874 | 112 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
| 113 completions. */ | |
| 114 | |
| 115 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
| 116 | |
| 449 | 117 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
| 118 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
| 644 | 119 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
| 449 | 120 |
| 1927 | 121 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
| 122 * which is not allowed. */ | |
| 123 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
| 124 | |
| 464 | 125 static int compl_matches = 0; |
| 126 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 127 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
| 128 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
| 716 | 129 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
| 464 | 130 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
| 131 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
| 132 * that is being completed */ | |
| 133 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
| 134 * completion started */ | |
| 135 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 136 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
| 449 | 137 |
| 138 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); | |
| 139 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
| 1430 | 140 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
| 944 | 141 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
| 681 | 142 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 665 | 143 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
| 681 | 144 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
| 7 | 145 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 146 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
| 147 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
| 648 | 148 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
| 707 | 149 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
| 659 | 150 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
| 703 | 151 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
| 667 | 152 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
| 7 | 153 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
| 154 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
| 657 | 155 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 156 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
| 657 | 157 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1782 | 158 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 159 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 694 | 160 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
| 659 | 161 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 162 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 163 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
| 724 | 164 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 165 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
| 166 #endif | |
| 659 | 167 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
| 7 | 168 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
| 169 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
| 665 | 170 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
| 610 | 171 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
| 644 | 172 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
| 610 | 173 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
| 681 | 174 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 175 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1872 | 176 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 7 | 177 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
| 178 | |
| 179 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
| 180 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
| 181 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
| 182 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
| 183 | |
| 661 | 184 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
| 7 | 185 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
| 186 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
| 187 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
| 2004 | 188 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
| 7 | 189 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
| 190 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 191 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
| 744 | 192 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 193 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
| 484 | 194 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
| 497 | 195 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
| 221 | 196 #endif |
| 7 | 197 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); |
| 198 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); | |
| 199 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 200 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
| 201 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
| 202 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 203 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
| 204 #endif | |
| 205 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1782 | 206 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
| 207 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
| 7 | 208 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 209 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
| 210 #endif | |
| 211 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
| 212 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
| 449 | 213 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
| 477 | 214 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
| 7 | 215 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 216 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
| 217 #endif | |
| 218 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 219 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 220 #endif | |
| 449 | 221 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
| 222 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7 | 223 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
| 224 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
| 225 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
| 226 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 227 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
228 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); |
| 7 | 229 #endif |
| 692 | 230 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 231 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 232 #endif | |
| 7 | 233 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
| 234 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 235 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 236 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
| 237 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 238 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 239 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 240 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
| 241 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 242 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
| 243 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 244 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 245 #endif | |
| 246 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
| 247 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 248 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 249 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
| 250 #endif | |
| 251 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 449 | 252 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
| 7 | 253 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 254 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 255 #endif | |
| 256 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
| 257 | |
| 258 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
| 259 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
| 260 | |
| 261 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
| 262 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
| 263 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
| 264 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
| 603 | 265 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
| 7 | 266 |
| 267 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 268 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
| 269 #endif | |
| 270 | |
| 271 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 272 | |
| 273 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 298 | 274 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
| 275 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
| 276 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
| 277 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
| 7 | 278 #endif |
| 279 | |
| 280 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
| 281 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
| 282 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
| 283 | |
| 284 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
| 285 under the cursor */ | |
| 286 | |
| 287 /* | |
| 288 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
| 289 * | |
| 290 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
| 291 * 'i' normal insert command | |
| 292 * 'a' normal append command | |
| 293 * 'R' replace command | |
| 294 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
| 295 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
| 296 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
| 297 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 298 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 299 * | |
| 300 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
| 301 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
| 302 * | |
| 303 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
| 304 */ | |
| 305 int | |
| 306 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
| 307 int cmdchar; | |
| 308 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
| 309 long count; | |
| 310 { | |
| 311 int c = 0; | |
| 312 char_u *ptr; | |
| 313 int lastc; | |
| 1869 | 314 int mincol; |
| 7 | 315 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
| 316 int i; | |
| 317 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
| 318 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 319 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
| 320 #endif | |
| 321 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
| 322 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 323 int old_topfill = -1; | |
| 324 #endif | |
| 325 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
| 326 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
| 477 | 327 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
| 7 | 328 |
| 603 | 329 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
| 330 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
| 331 | |
| 7 | 332 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
| 333 * error message */ | |
| 334 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
| 335 | |
| 336 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
| 337 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
| 338 if (sandbox != 0) | |
| 339 { | |
| 340 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
| 341 return FALSE; | |
| 342 } | |
| 343 #endif | |
| 632 | 344 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
| 345 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
| 634 | 346 if (textlock != 0) |
| 632 | 347 { |
| 348 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 349 return FALSE; | |
| 350 } | |
| 7 | 351 |
| 352 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 844 | 353 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
| 1927 | 354 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
| 844 | 355 { |
| 356 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 357 return FALSE; | |
| 358 } | |
| 7 | 359 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
| 360 #endif | |
| 361 | |
| 11 | 362 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 363 /* | |
| 364 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
| 365 */ | |
| 366 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 367 { | |
| 532 | 368 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 11 | 369 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
| 370 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
| 371 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
| 372 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
| 373 else | |
| 374 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
| 375 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
| 532 | 376 # endif |
| 11 | 377 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 378 } | |
| 379 #endif | |
| 380 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
381 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
382 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
383 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
384 conceal_check_cursur_line(); |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
385 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
386 |
| 7 | 387 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 388 /* | |
| 389 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
| 390 * where the paste started. | |
| 391 */ | |
| 392 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
| 393 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
| 394 else | |
| 395 #endif | |
| 396 { | |
| 397 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 398 if (startln) | |
| 399 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 400 } | |
| 1869 | 401 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 402 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
| 403 if (!did_ai) | |
| 404 ai_col = 0; | |
| 405 | |
| 406 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
| 407 { | |
| 408 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 409 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
| 410 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 411 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 412 { | |
| 413 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
| 414 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
| 415 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
| 416 } | |
| 417 else | |
| 418 #endif | |
| 419 { | |
| 420 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
| 421 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
| 422 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
| 423 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
| 424 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
| 425 } | |
| 426 } | |
| 427 | |
| 428 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
| 429 { | |
| 430 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 431 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 432 { | |
| 433 beep_flush(); | |
| 434 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 435 State = INSERT; | |
| 436 } | |
| 437 else | |
| 438 #endif | |
| 439 State = REPLACE; | |
| 440 } | |
| 441 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 442 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 443 { | |
| 444 State = VREPLACE; | |
| 445 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
| 446 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 447 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 448 } | |
| 449 #endif | |
| 450 else | |
| 451 State = INSERT; | |
| 452 | |
| 453 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
| 454 | |
| 455 /* | |
| 456 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
| 457 * on a TAB or special character. | |
| 458 */ | |
| 459 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
| 460 | |
| 461 /* | |
| 462 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
| 463 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
| 464 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
| 465 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
| 466 */ | |
| 467 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 468 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 469 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 470 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
| 471 #endif | |
| 472 | |
| 473 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 474 setmouse(); | |
| 475 #endif | |
| 476 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 477 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 478 #endif | |
| 479 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 480 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
| 481 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 482 if (revins_on) | |
| 483 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 484 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 485 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 486 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 487 #endif | |
| 488 | |
| 489 /* | |
| 490 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
| 491 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
| 492 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
| 493 */ | |
| 494 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
| 495 { | |
| 496 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 497 /* | |
| 498 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
| 499 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
| 500 */ | |
| 501 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
| 502 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 503 else | |
| 504 #endif | |
| 505 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 506 restart_edit = 0; | |
| 507 | |
| 508 /* | |
| 509 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
| 510 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
| 511 * correct in very rare cases). | |
| 512 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
| 513 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
| 514 */ | |
| 515 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 516 update_curswant(); | |
| 230 | 517 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
| 7 | 518 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
| 519 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
| 520 { | |
| 521 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 522 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 523 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 524 else if (has_mbyte) | |
| 525 { | |
| 474 | 526 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 527 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
| 528 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
| 529 } | |
| 530 #endif | |
| 531 } | |
| 230 | 532 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
| 7 | 533 } |
| 534 else | |
| 535 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 536 | |
| 537 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
| 538 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
| 539 | |
| 540 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
| 541 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 542 | |
| 543 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 544 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
| 545 #endif | |
| 546 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 547 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 548 #endif | |
| 549 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 550 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
| 551 * restarting. */ | |
| 552 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 553 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 554 #endif | |
| 555 | |
| 556 /* | |
| 557 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
| 558 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
| 559 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
| 560 */ | |
| 561 i = 0; | |
| 644 | 562 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 7 | 563 i = showmode(); |
| 564 | |
| 565 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 1473 | 566 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
| 7 | 567 |
| 568 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 569 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 570 #endif | |
| 571 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 572 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 573 #endif | |
| 574 | |
| 603 | 575 /* |
| 576 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
| 577 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
| 578 */ | |
| 7 | 579 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 580 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 581 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 582 else | |
| 583 { | |
| 584 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 585 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 586 } | |
| 587 | |
| 588 old_indent = 0; | |
| 589 | |
| 590 /* | |
| 591 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
| 592 */ | |
| 593 for (;;) | |
| 594 { | |
| 595 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 596 if (!revins_legal) | |
| 597 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
| 598 else | |
| 599 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 600 #endif | |
| 601 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
| 602 count = 0; | |
| 603 | |
| 604 if (stop_insert_mode) | |
| 605 { | |
| 606 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
| 607 count = 0; | |
| 608 goto doESCkey; | |
| 609 } | |
| 610 | |
| 611 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
| 612 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 613 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 614 | |
| 615 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
| 616 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
| 617 if (stuff_empty()) | |
| 618 { | |
| 619 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
| 620 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
| 621 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
| 622 } | |
| 623 | |
| 624 /* | |
| 625 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
| 626 */ | |
| 627 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 628 | |
| 629 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 630 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
| 631 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
| 632 * autocommand. */ | |
| 633 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
| 634 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
| 635 #endif | |
| 636 | |
| 637 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 638 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
| 639 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
| 640 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 641 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
| 642 if (!char_avail()) | |
| 643 foldCheckClose(); | |
| 644 #endif | |
| 645 | |
| 646 /* | |
| 647 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
| 648 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
| 649 * redraw. | |
| 650 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
| 651 * something. | |
| 652 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
| 653 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
| 654 */ | |
| 655 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
| 656 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
| 657 && !did_backspace | |
| 658 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
| 659 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 660 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
| 661 #endif | |
| 662 ) | |
| 663 { | |
| 664 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 665 validate_cursor_col(); | |
| 666 | |
| 1869 | 667 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
| 7 | 668 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
| 669 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
| 670 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
| 671 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 672 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
| 673 #endif | |
| 674 )) | |
| 675 { | |
| 676 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 677 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
| 678 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 679 else | |
| 680 #endif | |
| 681 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 682 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
| 683 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
| 684 else | |
| 685 #endif | |
| 686 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
| 687 } | |
| 688 } | |
| 689 | |
| 690 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
| 691 update_topline(); | |
| 692 | |
| 693 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 694 | |
| 695 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
| 696 | |
| 697 /* | |
| 698 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
| 699 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
| 700 */ | |
| 661 | 701 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
| 7 | 702 |
| 703 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
| 704 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
| 705 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
| 706 #endif | |
| 707 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
708 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
709 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
710 do_check_cursorbind(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
711 #endif |
| 7 | 712 update_curswant(); |
| 713 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 714 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 715 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 716 #endif | |
| 717 | |
| 718 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 719 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 720 #endif | |
| 721 | |
| 722 /* | |
| 1526 | 723 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
| 7 | 724 */ |
| 725 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
| 1526 | 726 do |
| 727 { | |
| 728 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 729 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
| 7 | 730 |
| 978 | 731 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 732 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
| 733 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 734 #endif | |
| 735 | |
| 7 | 736 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 737 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 738 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 739 #endif | |
| 740 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 741 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 742 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 743 #endif | |
| 744 | |
| 745 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 659 | 746 /* |
| 747 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
| 897 | 748 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
| 749 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
| 659 | 750 */ |
| 897 | 751 if (compl_started |
| 752 && pum_wanted() | |
| 753 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
| 754 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
| 755 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
| 659 | 756 { |
| 757 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
| 758 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 836 | 759 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
| 760 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
| 657 | 761 continue; |
| 762 | |
| 659 | 763 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
| 764 if (!compl_used_match) | |
| 657 | 765 { |
| 659 | 766 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
| 836 | 767 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
| 768 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
| 769 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
| 770 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
| 1872 | 771 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
| 836 | 772 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
| 659 | 773 { |
| 774 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
| 775 continue; | |
| 776 } | |
| 777 | |
| 1430 | 778 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
| 779 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
| 780 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
| 659 | 781 { |
| 782 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 783 continue; | |
| 784 } | |
| 665 | 785 |
| 887 | 786 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
| 825 | 787 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
| 788 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 789 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 665 | 790 { |
| 791 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 792 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 793 } | |
| 657 | 794 } |
| 795 } | |
| 796 | |
| 7 | 797 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
| 798 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
| 665 | 799 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
| 1526 | 800 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
| 657 | 801 continue; |
| 7 | 802 #endif |
| 803 | |
| 477 | 804 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
| 805 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
| 806 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 807 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
| 808 { | |
| 809 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 810 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 811 ++no_mapping; |
| 812 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 813 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 814 --no_mapping; |
| 815 --allow_keys; | |
| 477 | 816 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
| 7 | 817 { |
| 477 | 818 /* it's something else */ |
| 7 | 819 vungetc(c); |
| 820 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
| 821 } | |
| 822 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
| 823 continue; | |
| 824 else | |
| 825 { | |
| 477 | 826 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
| 827 { | |
| 828 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 829 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
| 830 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 831 } | |
| 7 | 832 count = 0; |
| 833 goto doESCkey; | |
| 834 } | |
| 835 } | |
| 836 | |
| 837 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 838 c = do_digraph(c); | |
| 839 #endif | |
| 840 | |
| 841 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 842 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 843 goto docomplete; | |
| 844 #endif | |
| 845 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
| 846 { | |
| 847 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
| 848 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
| 849 continue; | |
| 850 } | |
| 851 | |
| 852 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 853 if (cindent_on() | |
| 854 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 855 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 856 # endif | |
| 857 ) | |
| 858 { | |
| 859 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
| 860 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
| 861 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
| 862 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
| 863 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
| 864 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
| 865 goto force_cindent; | |
| 866 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
| 867 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 868 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 869 } | |
| 870 #endif | |
| 871 | |
| 872 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 873 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 874 switch (c) | |
| 875 { | |
| 876 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
| 877 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
| 878 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
| 879 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
| 880 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
| 881 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
| 882 } | |
| 883 #endif | |
| 884 | |
| 885 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 886 /* | |
| 887 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
| 888 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
| 889 * characters. | |
| 890 */ | |
| 891 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
| 892 continue; | |
| 893 #endif | |
| 894 | |
| 895 /* | |
| 896 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
| 897 */ | |
| 898 switch (c) | |
| 899 { | |
| 449 | 900 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 901 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
| 902 break; | |
| 903 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 904 | |
| 449 | 905 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 906 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
| 907 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 908 { | |
| 909 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
| 910 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
| 911 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
| 929 | 912 nomove = TRUE; |
| 7 | 913 goto doESCkey; |
| 914 } | |
| 915 #endif | |
| 916 | |
| 917 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 918 do_intr: | |
| 919 #endif | |
| 920 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
| 921 * Insert mode */ | |
| 922 if (goto_im()) | |
| 923 { | |
| 924 if (got_int) | |
| 925 { | |
| 926 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
| 927 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 928 } | |
| 929 else | |
| 930 vim_beep(); | |
| 931 break; | |
| 932 } | |
| 933 doESCkey: | |
| 934 /* | |
| 935 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
| 936 */ | |
| 937 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
| 938 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
| 230 | 939 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
| 7 | 940 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 941 | |
| 477 | 942 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
| 11 | 943 { |
| 944 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 945 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 946 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
| 947 FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 993 | 948 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
| 11 | 949 #endif |
| 7 | 950 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
| 11 | 951 } |
| 7 | 952 continue; |
| 953 | |
| 449 | 954 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
| 955 if (!p_im) | |
| 956 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
| 957 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
| 958 c = Ctrl_O; | |
| 959 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 960 | |
| 961 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
| 502 | 962 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 523 | 963 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 449 | 964 goto docomplete; |
| 965 #endif | |
| 966 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 967 break; | |
| 968 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 853 | 969 |
| 970 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 971 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
| 972 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 973 { | |
| 974 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
| 975 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 976 } | |
| 977 #endif | |
| 449 | 978 count = 0; |
| 979 goto doESCkey; | |
| 980 | |
| 464 | 981 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
| 982 case K_KINS: | |
| 983 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
| 984 break; | |
| 985 | |
| 986 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
| 987 break; | |
| 988 | |
| 449 | 989 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
| 990 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
| 991 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
| 992 goto doESCkey; | |
| 993 #endif | |
| 994 | |
| 995 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
| 996 case K_F1: | |
| 997 case K_XF1: | |
| 998 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
| 999 if (p_im) | |
| 1000 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
| 1001 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 1004 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
| 1005 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 1389 | 1006 i = plain_vgetc(); |
| 449 | 1007 --no_mapping; |
| 1008 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
| 1009 break; | |
| 1010 #endif | |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
| 7 | 1013 case NUL: |
| 1014 case Ctrl_A: | |
| 449 | 1015 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
| 1016 * error. */ | |
| 7 | 1017 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
| 1018 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
| 1019 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
| 1020 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1021 break; | |
| 1022 | |
| 449 | 1023 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
| 7 | 1024 ins_reg(); |
| 1025 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1026 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1027 break; | |
| 1028 | |
| 449 | 1029 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
| 7 | 1030 ins_ctrl_g(); |
| 1031 break; | |
| 1032 | |
| 449 | 1033 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
| 1034 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
| 7 | 1035 break; |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 449 | 1038 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
| 7 | 1039 if (!p_ari) |
| 1040 goto normalchar; | |
| 1041 ins_ctrl_(); | |
| 1042 break; | |
| 1043 #endif | |
| 1044 | |
| 449 | 1045 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
| 7 | 1046 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1047 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 1048 goto docomplete; | |
| 1049 #endif | |
| 1050 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1051 | |
| 449 | 1052 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
| 7 | 1053 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1054 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 1055 { | |
| 449 | 1056 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
| 1057 goto docomplete; | |
| 1058 break; | |
| 7 | 1059 } |
| 1060 # endif | |
| 1061 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
| 1062 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1063 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1064 break; | |
| 1065 | |
| 449 | 1066 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1067 case K_KDEL: |
| 1068 ins_del(); | |
| 1069 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1070 break; | |
| 1071 | |
| 449 | 1072 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1073 case Ctrl_H: |
| 1074 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
| 1075 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1076 break; | |
| 1077 | |
| 449 | 1078 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1079 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
| 1080 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1081 break; | |
| 1082 | |
| 449 | 1083 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
| 12 | 1084 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 1085 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
| 449 | 1086 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
| 12 | 1087 goto docomplete; |
| 1088 # endif | |
| 7 | 1089 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
| 1090 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1091 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1092 break; | |
| 1093 | |
| 1094 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 449 | 1095 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
| 7 | 1096 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
| 1097 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
| 1098 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
| 1099 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
| 1100 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
| 1101 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
| 1102 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
| 1103 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
| 1104 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
| 1105 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
| 1106 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
| 1107 case K_X1DRAG: | |
| 1108 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
| 1109 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
| 1110 case K_X2DRAG: | |
| 1111 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
| 1112 ins_mouse(c); | |
| 1113 break; | |
| 1114 | |
| 449 | 1115 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1116 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); |
| 7 | 1117 break; |
| 1118 | |
| 449 | 1119 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1120 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1121 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1122 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1123 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1124 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1125 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1126 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1127 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1128 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); |
| 7 | 1129 break; |
| 1130 #endif | |
| 692 | 1131 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 1132 case K_TABLINE: | |
| 1133 case K_TABMENU: | |
| 1134 ins_tabline(c); | |
| 1135 break; | |
| 1136 #endif | |
| 7 | 1137 |
| 449 | 1138 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
| 7 | 1139 break; |
| 1140 | |
| 661 | 1141 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1142 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
| 1143 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1144 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 1145 break; | |
| 1146 #endif | |
| 1147 | |
| 625 | 1148 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
| 1149 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
| 1150 * cancelled. */ | |
| 1151 case K_F4: | |
| 1152 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
| 1153 goto normalchar; | |
| 1154 break; | |
| 1155 #endif | |
| 1156 | |
| 7 | 1157 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1158 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1159 ins_scroll(); | |
| 1160 break; | |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1163 ins_horscroll(); | |
| 1164 break; | |
| 1165 #endif | |
| 1166 | |
| 449 | 1167 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
| 7 | 1168 case K_KHOME: |
| 1169 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 1170 case K_C_HOME: | |
| 1171 ins_home(c); | |
| 1172 break; | |
| 1173 | |
| 449 | 1174 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
| 7 | 1175 case K_KEND: |
| 1176 case K_S_END: | |
| 1177 case K_C_END: | |
| 1178 ins_end(c); | |
| 1179 break; | |
| 1180 | |
| 449 | 1181 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
| 180 | 1182 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1183 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1184 else | |
| 1185 ins_left(); | |
| 7 | 1186 break; |
| 1187 | |
| 449 | 1188 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
| 7 | 1189 case K_C_LEFT: |
| 1190 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1191 break; | |
| 1192 | |
| 449 | 1193 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
| 180 | 1194 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1195 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1196 else | |
| 1197 ins_right(); | |
| 7 | 1198 break; |
| 1199 | |
| 449 | 1200 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
| 7 | 1201 case K_C_RIGHT: |
| 1202 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1203 break; | |
| 1204 | |
| 449 | 1205 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
| 665 | 1206 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1207 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1208 goto docomplete; | |
| 1209 #endif | |
| 180 | 1210 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1211 ins_pageup(); | |
| 1212 else | |
| 1213 ins_up(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1214 break; |
| 1215 | |
| 449 | 1216 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
| 7 | 1217 case K_PAGEUP: |
| 1218 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 613 | 1219 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1220 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1221 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1222 #endif |
| 7 | 1223 ins_pageup(); |
| 1224 break; | |
| 1225 | |
| 449 | 1226 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
| 665 | 1227 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1228 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1229 goto docomplete; | |
| 1230 #endif | |
| 180 | 1231 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1232 ins_pagedown(); | |
| 1233 else | |
| 1234 ins_down(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1235 break; |
| 1236 | |
| 449 | 1237 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
| 7 | 1238 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
| 1239 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 613 | 1240 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1241 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1242 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1243 #endif |
| 7 | 1244 ins_pagedown(); |
| 1245 break; | |
| 1246 | |
| 1247 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 449 | 1248 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
| 7 | 1249 ins_drop(); |
| 1250 break; | |
| 1251 #endif | |
| 1252 | |
| 449 | 1253 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
| 7 | 1254 c = TAB; |
| 1255 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1256 | |
| 449 | 1257 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
| 7 | 1258 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1259 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 1260 goto docomplete; | |
| 1261 #endif | |
| 1262 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1263 if (ins_tab()) | |
| 1264 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
| 1265 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1266 break; | |
| 1267 | |
| 449 | 1268 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
| 7 | 1269 c = CAR; |
| 1270 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1271 case CAR: | |
| 1272 case NL: | |
| 1273 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
| 1274 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
| 1275 * cursor. */ | |
| 1276 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
| 1277 { | |
| 644 | 1278 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
| 1279 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
| 1280 else /* location list window */ | |
| 1281 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
| 7 | 1282 break; |
| 1283 } | |
| 1284 #endif | |
| 1285 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 1286 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 1287 { | |
| 1288 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
| 1289 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
| 1290 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1291 } | |
| 1292 #endif | |
| 1293 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
| 1294 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
| 1295 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1296 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1297 break; | |
| 1298 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1299 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
| 449 | 1300 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
| 7 | 1301 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1302 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
| 1303 { | |
| 449 | 1304 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
| 1305 goto docomplete; | |
| 1306 break; | |
| 7 | 1307 } |
| 1308 # endif | |
| 1309 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 1310 c = ins_digraph(); | |
| 1311 if (c == NUL) | |
| 1312 break; | |
| 1313 # endif | |
| 1314 goto normalchar; | |
| 449 | 1315 #endif |
| 7 | 1316 |
| 1317 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 464 | 1318 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
| 1319 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
| 1320 break; | |
| 1321 | |
| 449 | 1322 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1323 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
| 1324 goto normalchar; | |
| 1325 goto docomplete; | |
| 1326 | |
| 449 | 1327 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1328 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
| 1329 goto normalchar; | |
| 1330 goto docomplete; | |
| 477 | 1331 |
| 1332 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
| 1333 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 1334 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
| 1335 goto normalchar; | |
| 1336 goto docomplete; | |
| 7 | 1337 #endif |
| 1338 | |
| 449 | 1339 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1340 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1341 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 1342 #endif | |
| 1343 { | |
| 1344 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
| 1345 if (p_im) | |
| 1346 { | |
| 1347 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 1348 break; | |
| 1349 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1350 } | |
| 1351 goto normalchar; | |
| 1352 } | |
| 1353 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1354 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1355 | |
| 449 | 1356 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
| 7 | 1357 case Ctrl_N: |
| 1358 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
| 1359 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
| 1360 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
| 1361 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
| 449 | 1362 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
| 7 | 1363 goto normalchar; |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 docomplete: | |
| 1927 | 1366 compl_busy = TRUE; |
| 7 | 1367 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
| 449 | 1368 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 1927 | 1369 compl_busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1370 break; |
| 1371 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 1372 | |
| 449 | 1373 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
| 1374 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
| 1375 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
| 7 | 1376 break; |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 default: | |
| 1379 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1380 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
| 1381 goto do_intr; | |
| 1382 #endif | |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 /* | |
| 1385 * Insert a nomal character. | |
| 1386 */ | |
| 1387 normalchar: | |
| 1388 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1389 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
| 1390 ins_try_si(c); | |
| 1391 #endif | |
| 1392 | |
| 1393 if (c == ' ') | |
| 1394 { | |
| 1395 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
| 1396 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1397 if (inindent(0)) | |
| 1398 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 1399 #endif | |
| 1400 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
| 1401 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 1402 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 1403 } | |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr( | |
| 1406 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1407 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
| 1408 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
| 1409 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
| 1410 #endif | |
| 1411 c)) | |
| 1412 { | |
| 1413 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1414 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1415 revins_legal++; | |
| 1416 revins_chars++; | |
| 1417 #endif | |
| 1418 } | |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1423 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
| 1424 * closed fold. */ | |
| 1425 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 1426 #endif | |
| 1427 break; | |
| 1428 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
| 1429 | |
| 978 | 1430 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1431 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
| 1432 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
| 1433 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
| 1434 #endif | |
| 1435 | |
| 7 | 1436 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
| 1437 if (arrow_used) | |
| 1438 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1441 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
| 1442 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1443 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 1444 # endif | |
| 1445 ) | |
| 1446 { | |
| 1447 force_cindent: | |
| 1448 /* | |
| 1449 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 1450 */ | |
| 1451 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
| 1452 { | |
| 1453 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 1454 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 1455 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1456 } | |
| 1457 } | |
| 1458 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 } /* for (;;) */ | |
| 1461 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
| 1462 } | |
| 1463 | |
| 1464 /* | |
| 1465 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
| 1466 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
| 1467 * option work correctly. | |
| 1468 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
| 1469 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
| 1470 */ | |
| 1471 static void | |
| 661 | 1472 ins_redraw(ready) |
| 1876 | 1473 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
| 7 | 1474 { |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1475 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1476 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1477 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1478 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1479 #endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1480 |
| 7 | 1481 if (!char_avail()) |
| 1482 { | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1483 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
| 794 | 1484 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
| 1485 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1486 if (ready && ( |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1487 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1488 has_cursormovedI() |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1489 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1490 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1491 || |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1492 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1493 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1494 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1495 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1496 ) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1497 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) |
| 794 | 1498 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1499 && !pum_visible() |
| 794 | 1500 # endif |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1501 ) |
| 661 | 1502 { |
| 1506 | 1503 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1504 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
| 1505 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
| 1506 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
| 1507 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1508 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) |
| 1506 | 1509 update_screen(0); |
| 1510 # endif | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1511 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1512 if (has_cursormovedI()) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1513 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1514 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1515 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1516 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1517 { |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1518 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1519 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1520 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1521 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1522 # endif |
| 661 | 1523 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 1524 } | |
| 1525 #endif | |
| 7 | 1526 if (must_redraw) |
| 1527 update_screen(0); | |
| 1528 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 1529 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1530 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1531 if ((conceal_update_lines |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1532 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1533 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1534 || need_cursor_line_redraw) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1535 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1536 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1537 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1538 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1539 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1540 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1541 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1542 # endif |
| 7 | 1543 showruler(FALSE); |
| 1544 setcursor(); | |
| 1545 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
| 1546 } | |
| 1547 } | |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 /* | |
| 1550 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
| 1551 */ | |
| 1552 static void | |
| 1553 ins_ctrl_v() | |
| 1554 { | |
| 1555 int c; | |
| 2811 | 1556 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1557 |
| 1558 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 1559 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 1560 |
| 1561 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 2811 | 1562 { |
| 7 | 1563 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); |
| 2811 | 1564 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 1565 } | |
| 7 | 1566 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 1569 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
| 1570 #endif | |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 c = get_literal(); | |
| 2811 | 1573 if (did_putchar) |
| 1574 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next | |
| 1575 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ | |
| 1576 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 1577 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 1578 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 1579 #endif | |
| 1580 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1581 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1582 revins_chars++; | |
| 1583 revins_legal++; | |
| 1584 #endif | |
| 1585 } | |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 /* | |
| 1588 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
| 1589 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
| 1590 */ | |
| 1591 static int pc_status; | |
| 1592 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
| 1593 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1594 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1595 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
| 1596 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1597 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1598 #else | |
| 1599 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1600 #endif | |
| 1601 static int pc_attr; | |
| 1602 static int pc_row; | |
| 1603 static int pc_col; | |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 void | |
| 1606 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
| 1607 int c; | |
| 1608 int highlight; | |
| 1609 { | |
| 1610 int attr; | |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
| 1613 { | |
| 1614 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
| 1615 validate_cursor(); | |
| 1616 if (highlight) | |
| 1617 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 1618 else | |
| 1619 attr = 0; | |
| 1620 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
| 1621 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
| 1622 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1623 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 1624 #endif | |
| 1625 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1626 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 1627 { | |
| 1628 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1629 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1630 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1631 { | |
| 1632 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
| 1633 | |
| 1634 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
| 1635 { | |
| 1636 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
| 1637 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1638 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
| 1639 } | |
| 1640 } | |
| 1641 # endif | |
| 1642 } | |
| 1643 else | |
| 1644 #endif | |
| 1645 { | |
| 1646 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1647 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1648 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
| 1649 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
| 1650 #endif | |
| 1651 } | |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
| 1654 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1655 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
| 1656 #endif | |
| 1657 { | |
| 1658 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
| 1659 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
| 1660 } | |
| 1661 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
| 1662 } | |
| 1663 } | |
| 1664 | |
| 1665 /* | |
| 1666 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
| 1667 */ | |
| 1668 void | |
| 1669 edit_unputchar() | |
| 1670 { | |
| 1671 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
| 1672 { | |
| 1673 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1674 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
| 1675 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1676 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
| 1677 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1678 else | |
| 1679 #endif | |
| 1680 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
| 1681 } | |
| 1682 } | |
| 1683 | |
| 1684 /* | |
| 1685 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
| 1686 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
| 1687 */ | |
| 1688 void | |
| 1689 display_dollar(col) | |
| 1690 colnr_T col; | |
| 1691 { | |
| 1692 colnr_T save_col; | |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 if (!redrawing()) | |
| 1695 return; | |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 cursor_off(); | |
| 1698 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1699 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 1700 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1701 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1702 { | |
| 1703 char_u *p; | |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
| 1706 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1707 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
| 1708 } | |
| 1709 #endif | |
| 1710 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
| 1711 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
| 1712 { | |
| 1713 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
| 1714 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 1715 } | |
| 1716 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
| 1717 } | |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 /* | |
| 1720 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
| 1721 * in insert mode. | |
| 1722 */ | |
| 1723 static void | |
| 1724 undisplay_dollar() | |
| 1725 { | |
| 1726 if (dollar_vcol) | |
| 1727 { | |
| 1728 dollar_vcol = 0; | |
| 1729 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1730 } | |
| 1731 } | |
| 1732 | |
| 1733 /* | |
| 1734 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
| 1735 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
| 1736 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
| 1737 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
| 1738 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
| 1739 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
| 1740 */ | |
| 1741 void | |
| 1516 | 1742 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
| 7 | 1743 int type; |
| 1744 int amount; | |
| 1745 int round; | |
| 1746 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
| 1516 | 1747 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
| 7 | 1748 { |
| 1749 int vcol; | |
| 1750 int last_vcol; | |
| 1751 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
| 1752 int new_cursor_col; | |
| 1753 int i; | |
| 1754 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1755 int save_p_list; | |
| 1756 int start_col; | |
| 1757 colnr_T vc; | |
| 1758 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1759 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1760 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
| 1763 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1764 { | |
| 1765 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
| 1766 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1767 } | |
| 1768 #endif | |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
| 1771 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 1772 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 1773 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 1774 vcol = vc; | |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 /* | |
| 1777 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
| 1778 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
| 1779 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
| 1780 */ | |
| 1781 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
| 1784 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1785 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
| 1786 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1789 | |
| 1790 /* | |
| 1791 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
| 1792 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
| 1793 */ | |
| 1794 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
| 1795 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
| 1798 start_col = -1; | |
| 1799 | |
| 1800 /* | |
| 1801 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
| 1802 */ | |
| 1803 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
| 1516 | 1804 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
| 7 | 1805 else |
| 1806 { | |
| 1807 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1808 int save_State = State; | |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
| 1811 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1812 State = INSERT; | |
| 1813 #endif | |
| 1516 | 1814 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
| 7 | 1815 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 1816 State = save_State; | |
| 1817 #endif | |
| 1818 } | |
| 1819 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 /* | |
| 1822 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
| 1823 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
| 1824 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
| 1825 * non-blank character. | |
| 1826 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
| 1827 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
| 1828 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
| 1829 */ | |
| 1830 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 1831 { | |
| 1832 /* | |
| 1833 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
| 1834 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1835 */ | |
| 1836 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
| 1837 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1838 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1839 } | |
| 1840 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
| 1841 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1842 else | |
| 1843 { | |
| 1844 /* | |
| 1845 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
| 1846 */ | |
| 1847 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1869 | 1848 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
| 7 | 1849 |
| 1850 /* | |
| 1851 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
| 1852 */ | |
| 1853 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
| 1854 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
| 1855 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1856 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1857 { | |
| 1858 last_vcol = vcol; | |
| 1859 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1860 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 474 | 1861 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
| 7 | 1862 else |
| 1863 #endif | |
| 1864 ++new_cursor_col; | |
| 1865 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
| 1866 } | |
| 1867 vcol = last_vcol; | |
| 1868 | |
| 1869 /* | |
| 1870 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
| 1871 * the right screen column. | |
| 1872 */ | |
| 1873 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1874 { | |
| 1869 | 1875 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1876 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
| 1869 | 1877 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
| 7 | 1878 if (ptr != NULL) |
| 1879 { | |
| 1880 new_cursor_col += i; | |
| 1881 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
| 1882 while (--i >= 0) | |
| 1883 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
| 1884 ins_str(ptr); | |
| 1885 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 1886 } | |
| 1887 } | |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 /* | |
| 1890 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
| 1891 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1892 */ | |
| 1893 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1894 } | |
| 1895 | |
| 1896 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
| 1899 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1900 else | |
| 1869 | 1901 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1902 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
| 1903 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 /* | |
| 1906 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
| 1907 */ | |
| 1908 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 1909 { | |
| 1910 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
| 1911 { | |
| 1912 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1913 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 1914 else | |
| 1915 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1916 } | |
| 1917 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1918 ai_col = 0; | |
| 1919 else | |
| 1920 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1921 } | |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 /* | |
| 1924 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
| 1925 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
| 1926 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
| 1927 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
| 1928 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
| 1929 */ | |
| 1930 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
| 1931 { | |
| 1932 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 1933 { | |
| 1934 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 1935 --start_col; | |
| 1936 } | |
| 1937 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
| 1938 { | |
| 1939 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1940 if (replaced) | |
| 1941 { | |
| 1942 replace_push(replaced); | |
| 1943 replaced = NUL; | |
| 1944 } | |
| 1945 ++start_col; | |
| 1946 } | |
| 1947 } | |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1950 /* | |
| 1951 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
| 1952 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
| 1953 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
| 1954 */ | |
| 1955 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1956 { | |
| 1957 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
| 1958 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
| 1959 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
| 1960 return; | |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 /* Save new line */ | |
| 1963 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 1964 if (new_line == NULL) | |
| 1965 return; | |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
| 1968 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 1971 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
| 1972 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
| 1975 backspace_until_column(0); | |
| 1976 | |
| 1977 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 1978 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
| 1979 | |
| 1980 vim_free(new_line); | |
| 1981 } | |
| 1982 #endif | |
| 1983 } | |
| 1984 | |
| 1985 /* | |
| 1986 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
| 1987 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 1988 * modes. | |
| 1989 */ | |
| 1990 void | |
| 1991 truncate_spaces(line) | |
| 1992 char_u *line; | |
| 1993 { | |
| 1994 int i; | |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
| 1997 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
| 1998 { | |
| 1999 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2000 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 2001 } | |
| 2002 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
| 2003 } | |
| 2004 | |
| 2005 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2006 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2007 /* | |
| 2008 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2009 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
| 1782 | 2010 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
| 2011 * character. | |
| 7 | 2012 */ |
| 2013 void | |
| 2014 backspace_until_column(col) | |
| 2015 int col; | |
| 2016 { | |
| 2017 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
| 2018 { | |
| 2019 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
| 2020 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 2021 replace_do_bs(col); |
| 2022 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
| 2023 break; | |
| 2024 } | |
| 2025 } | |
| 2026 #endif | |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 /* | |
| 2029 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
| 2030 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
| 2031 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
| 2032 */ | |
| 2033 static int | |
| 2034 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
| 1876 | 2035 int limit_col UNUSED; |
| 1782 | 2036 { |
| 2037 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2038 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
| 2039 { | |
| 1869 | 2040 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
| 1782 | 2041 |
| 2042 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
| 2043 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
| 2044 * composing character. */ | |
| 2045 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 1796 | 2046 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
| 1782 | 2047 { |
| 2048 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2049 | |
| 2050 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
| 2051 break; | |
| 2052 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 2053 } | |
| 2054 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
| 2055 return FALSE; | |
| 1869 | 2056 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
| 1782 | 2057 } |
| 2058 else | |
| 2059 #endif | |
| 2060 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 2061 return TRUE; | |
| 2062 } | |
| 7 | 2063 |
| 2064 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2065 /* | |
| 449 | 2066 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
| 2067 */ | |
| 2068 static void | |
| 2069 ins_ctrl_x() | |
| 2070 { | |
| 2071 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
| 2072 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
| 2073 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 2074 { | |
| 2075 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
| 2076 * compl_cont_status */ | |
| 2077 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
| 665 | 2078 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
| 449 | 2079 else |
| 2080 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 2081 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
| 2082 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
| 2083 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 2084 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 2085 showmode(); | |
| 2086 } | |
| 2087 } | |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 /* | |
| 2090 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
| 2091 */ | |
| 2092 static int | |
| 2093 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
| 2094 int dict_opt; | |
| 2095 { | |
| 703 | 2096 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
| 744 | 2097 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 2098 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
| 2099 # endif | |
| 2100 ) | |
| 449 | 2101 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
| 2102 { | |
| 2103 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 2104 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 2105 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
| 2106 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
| 2107 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
| 2108 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2109 { | |
| 2110 vim_beep(); | |
| 2111 setcursor(); | |
| 2112 out_flush(); | |
| 2113 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
| 2114 } | |
| 2115 return FALSE; | |
| 2116 } | |
| 2117 return TRUE; | |
| 2118 } | |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 /* | |
| 7 | 2121 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
| 2122 * This depends on the current mode. | |
| 2123 */ | |
| 2124 int | |
| 2125 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
| 2126 int c; | |
| 2127 { | |
| 2128 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
| 2129 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
| 2130 return TRUE; | |
| 2131 | |
| 610 | 2132 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
| 644 | 2133 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
| 610 | 2134 return TRUE; |
| 2135 | |
| 7 | 2136 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
| 2137 { | |
| 2138 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
| 2139 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 2140 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
| 449 | 2141 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
| 7 | 2142 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
| 2143 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
| 2144 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
| 477 | 2145 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
| 2146 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's'); | |
| 7 | 2147 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
| 2148 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
| 2149 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2150 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2151 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2152 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2153 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 2154 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2155 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 2156 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2157 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 2158 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2159 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 2160 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 2161 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2162 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 2163 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2164 #endif | |
| 2165 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2166 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
| 2167 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 12 | 2168 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 2169 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 449 | 2170 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 523 | 2171 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 449 | 2172 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 502 | 2173 #endif |
| 477 | 2174 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 2175 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 7 | 2176 } |
| 2177 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
| 2178 return FALSE; | |
| 2179 } | |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 /* | |
| 1430 | 2182 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
| 2183 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
| 2184 * is visible. | |
| 2185 */ | |
| 2186 static int | |
| 2187 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
| 2188 int c; | |
| 2189 { | |
| 2190 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 2191 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
| 2192 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 2195 { | |
| 2196 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2197 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
| 2198 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
| 2199 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
| 2200 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
| 2201 | |
| 2202 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2203 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
| 2204 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
| 2205 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
| 2206 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
| 2207 | |
| 2208 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2209 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
| 2210 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
| 2211 } | |
| 2212 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
| 2213 } | |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 /* | |
| 659 | 2216 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
| 7 | 2217 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
| 1219 | 2218 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
| 7 | 2219 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
| 2220 */ | |
| 2221 int | |
| 681 | 2222 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
| 7 | 2223 char_u *str; |
| 2224 int len; | |
| 681 | 2225 int icase; |
| 7 | 2226 char_u *fname; |
| 2227 int dir; | |
| 464 | 2228 int flags; |
| 7 | 2229 { |
| 1353 | 2230 char_u *p; |
| 2231 int i, c; | |
| 2232 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
| 2233 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
| 2177 | 2234 int min_len; |
| 2004 | 2235 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
| 7 | 2236 int has_lower = FALSE; |
| 2237 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
| 1353 | 2238 |
| 1436 | 2239 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
| 1353 | 2240 { |
| 2241 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
| 2244 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2245 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2246 { | |
| 2247 p = str; | |
| 2248 actual_len = 0; | |
| 2249 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 2250 { | |
| 2251 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2252 ++actual_len; | |
| 2253 } | |
| 2254 } | |
| 2255 else | |
| 2256 #endif | |
| 2257 actual_len = len; | |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
| 2260 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2261 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2262 { | |
| 2263 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2264 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
| 2265 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2266 { |
| 1353 | 2267 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
| 2268 ++actual_compl_length; | |
| 2269 } | |
| 2270 } | |
| 2271 else | |
| 2272 #endif | |
| 2273 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
| 2274 | |
| 2177 | 2275 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
| 2276 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
| 2277 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
| 2278 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
| 2279 | |
| 1353 | 2280 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
| 1869 | 2281 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
| 1353 | 2282 if (wca != NULL) |
| 2283 { | |
| 2284 p = str; | |
| 2285 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2286 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2287 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2288 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2289 else | |
| 2290 #endif | |
| 2291 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
| 2294 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2295 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2296 { |
| 2297 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2298 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2299 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2300 else | |
| 2301 #endif | |
| 2302 c = *(p++); | |
| 2303 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 7 | 2304 { |
| 1353 | 2305 has_lower = TRUE; |
| 2306 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
| 2307 { | |
| 2308 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2309 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2310 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2311 break; | |
| 2312 } | |
| 7 | 2313 } |
| 2314 } | |
| 1353 | 2315 |
| 2316 /* | |
| 2317 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
| 2318 * upper case. | |
| 2319 */ | |
| 2320 if (!has_lower) | |
| 2321 { | |
| 2322 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2323 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2324 { |
| 2325 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2326 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2327 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2328 else | |
| 2329 #endif | |
| 2330 c = *(p++); | |
| 2331 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
| 2332 { | |
| 2333 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2334 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2335 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 2336 break; | |
| 2337 } | |
| 2338 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
| 2339 } | |
| 2340 } | |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
| 2343 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2344 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 7 | 2345 { |
| 1353 | 2346 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2347 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2348 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2349 else | |
| 2350 #endif | |
| 2351 c = *(p++); | |
| 2352 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 2353 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2354 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
| 2355 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 7 | 2356 } |
| 1353 | 2357 |
| 1436 | 2358 /* |
| 1353 | 2359 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
| 2360 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
| 2361 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
| 2362 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
| 2363 */ | |
| 2364 p = IObuff; | |
| 2365 i = 0; | |
| 2366 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
| 2367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2368 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1446 | 2369 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
| 1353 | 2370 else |
| 2371 #endif | |
| 2372 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
| 2373 *p = NUL; | |
| 2374 | |
| 2375 vim_free(wca); | |
| 2376 } | |
| 7 | 2377 |
| 841 | 2378 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
| 2379 flags, FALSE); | |
| 2380 } | |
| 2381 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
| 7 | 2382 } |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 /* | |
| 2385 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
| 2386 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 464 | 2387 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
| 681 | 2388 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
| 7 | 2389 */ |
| 841 | 2390 static int |
| 944 | 2391 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
| 7 | 2392 char_u *str; |
| 2393 int len; | |
| 681 | 2394 int icase; |
| 7 | 2395 char_u *fname; |
| 841 | 2396 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
| 659 | 2397 int cdir; |
| 464 | 2398 int flags; |
| 944 | 2399 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
| 7 | 2400 { |
| 464 | 2401 compl_T *match; |
| 659 | 2402 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
| 7 | 2403 |
| 2404 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 2405 if (got_int) | |
| 464 | 2406 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2407 if (len < 0) |
| 2408 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
| 2409 | |
| 2410 /* | |
| 2411 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
| 2412 */ | |
| 944 | 2413 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
| 449 | 2414 { |
| 2415 match = compl_first_match; | |
| 7 | 2416 do |
| 2417 { | |
| 464 | 2418 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 989 | 2419 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
| 464 | 2420 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
| 2421 return NOTDONE; | |
| 2422 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 449 | 2423 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 2424 } |
| 2425 | |
| 540 | 2426 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
| 2427 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2428 | |
| 7 | 2429 /* |
| 2430 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
| 2431 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
| 2432 */ | |
| 659 | 2433 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
| 7 | 2434 if (match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2435 return FAIL; |
| 2436 match->cp_number = -1; | |
| 2437 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2438 match->cp_number = 0; | |
| 694 | 2439 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
| 7 | 2440 { |
| 2441 vim_free(match); | |
| 464 | 2442 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2443 } |
| 681 | 2444 match->cp_icase = icase; |
| 659 | 2445 |
| 7 | 2446 /* match-fname is: |
| 464 | 2447 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
| 7 | 2448 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
| 2449 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
| 659 | 2450 if (fname != NULL |
| 829 | 2451 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
| 659 | 2452 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
| 2453 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
| 464 | 2454 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
| 659 | 2455 else if (fname != NULL) |
| 2456 { | |
| 2457 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 464 | 2458 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
| 659 | 2459 } |
| 7 | 2460 else |
| 464 | 2461 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
| 2462 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
| 786 | 2463 |
| 2464 if (cptext != NULL) | |
| 2465 { | |
| 2466 int i; | |
| 2467 | |
| 2468 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
| 2469 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
| 2470 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
| 2471 } | |
| 7 | 2472 |
| 2473 /* | |
| 2474 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
| 2475 */ | |
| 449 | 2476 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2477 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
| 7 | 2478 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
| 2479 { | |
| 464 | 2480 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 2481 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
| 7 | 2482 } |
| 2483 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 2484 { | |
| 464 | 2485 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
| 2486 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
| 2487 } | |
| 2488 if (match->cp_next) | |
| 2489 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
| 2490 if (match->cp_prev) | |
| 2491 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
| 7 | 2492 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
| 449 | 2493 compl_first_match = match; |
| 2494 compl_curr_match = match; | |
| 7 | 2495 |
| 665 | 2496 /* |
| 2497 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
| 2498 */ | |
| 2499 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 2500 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
| 2501 | |
| 7 | 2502 return OK; |
| 2503 } | |
| 2504 | |
| 2505 /* | |
| 681 | 2506 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
| 2507 * match->cp_icase. | |
| 2508 */ | |
| 2509 static int | |
| 2510 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
| 2511 compl_T *match; | |
| 2512 char_u *str; | |
| 2513 int len; | |
| 2514 { | |
| 2515 if (match->cp_icase) | |
| 2516 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2517 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2518 } | |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 /* | |
| 665 | 2521 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
| 2522 */ | |
| 2523 static void | |
| 2524 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
| 2525 compl_T *match; | |
| 2526 { | |
| 2527 char_u *p, *s; | |
| 681 | 2528 int c1, c2; |
| 665 | 2529 int had_match; |
| 2530 | |
| 2531 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
| 842 | 2532 { |
| 665 | 2533 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
| 2534 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
| 842 | 2535 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 2536 { | |
| 2537 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2538 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2539 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 842 | 2540 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2541 | |
| 2542 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2543 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2544 if (!had_match) | |
| 2545 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2546 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2547 } | |
| 2548 } | |
| 665 | 2549 else |
| 2550 { | |
| 2551 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
| 681 | 2552 p = compl_leader; |
| 2553 s = match->cp_str; | |
| 2554 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 665 | 2555 { |
| 2556 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2557 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2558 { | |
| 681 | 2559 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
| 2560 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
| 665 | 2561 } |
| 2562 else | |
| 2563 #endif | |
| 2564 { | |
| 681 | 2565 c1 = *p; |
| 2566 c2 = *s; | |
| 2567 } | |
| 2568 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
| 2569 : (c1 != c2)) | |
| 2570 break; | |
| 2571 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2572 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2573 { | |
| 2574 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2575 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
| 2576 } | |
| 2577 else | |
| 2578 #endif | |
| 2579 { | |
| 2580 ++p; | |
| 2581 ++s; | |
| 665 | 2582 } |
| 2583 } | |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 2586 { | |
| 2587 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
| 2588 *p = NUL; | |
| 2589 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2590 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2591 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 2592 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2595 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2596 if (!had_match) | |
| 2597 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2598 } | |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2601 } | |
| 2602 } | |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 /* | |
| 7 | 2605 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
| 2606 * Frees matches[]. | |
| 2607 */ | |
| 2608 static void | |
| 681 | 2609 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
| 7 | 2610 int num_matches; |
| 2611 char_u **matches; | |
| 681 | 2612 int icase; |
| 7 | 2613 { |
| 2614 int i; | |
| 2615 int add_r = OK; | |
| 659 | 2616 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2617 |
| 464 | 2618 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
| 681 | 2619 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
| 841 | 2620 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
| 7 | 2621 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
| 659 | 2622 dir = FORWARD; |
| 7 | 2623 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
| 2624 } | |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
| 2627 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
| 2628 */ | |
| 2629 static int | |
| 2630 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
| 2631 { | |
| 464 | 2632 compl_T *match; |
| 7 | 2633 int count = 0; |
| 2634 | |
| 449 | 2635 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 7 | 2636 { |
| 2637 /* | |
| 2638 * Find the end of the list. | |
| 2639 */ | |
| 449 | 2640 match = compl_first_match; |
| 2641 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
| 464 | 2642 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
| 2643 { | |
| 2644 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 7 | 2645 ++count; |
| 2646 } | |
| 464 | 2647 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
| 2648 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
| 7 | 2649 } |
| 2650 return count; | |
| 2651 } | |
| 2652 | |
| 724 | 2653 /* |
| 2654 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
| 2655 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
| 2656 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
| 2657 */ | |
| 2658 void | |
| 2659 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
| 1869 | 2660 colnr_T startcol; |
| 724 | 2661 list_T *list; |
| 2662 { | |
| 2663 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
| 2664 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 2665 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
| 2666 ins_compl_clear(); | |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 2669 return; | |
| 2670 | |
| 2632 | 2671 compl_direction = FORWARD; |
| 1869 | 2672 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
| 724 | 2673 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 2674 compl_col = startcol; | |
| 1869 | 2675 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
| 724 | 2676 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
| 2677 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 2678 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 2679 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 724 | 2680 return; |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
| 2683 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 2684 | |
| 2685 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
| 2686 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 2687 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 2688 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 929 | 2689 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 724 | 2690 |
| 2691 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
| 2692 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
| 2693 out_flush(); | |
| 2694 } | |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | |
| 574 | 2697 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
| 2698 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 659 | 2699 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
| 540 | 2700 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 /* | |
| 2703 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
| 2704 */ | |
| 2705 static void | |
| 2706 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
| 2707 { | |
| 2708 int h; | |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2711 { | |
| 2712 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
| 2713 update_screen(0); | |
| 2714 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
| 2715 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2716 } | |
| 2717 } | |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 /* | |
| 2720 * Remove any popup menu. | |
| 2721 */ | |
| 2722 static void | |
| 2723 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
| 2724 { | |
| 2725 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2726 { | |
| 2727 pum_undisplay(); | |
| 2728 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
| 2729 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
| 2730 } | |
| 2731 } | |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 /* | |
| 2734 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
| 2735 */ | |
| 2736 static int | |
| 2737 pum_wanted() | |
| 2738 { | |
| 707 | 2739 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
| 665 | 2740 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
| 540 | 2741 return FALSE; |
| 2742 | |
| 2743 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
| 2744 if (t_colors < 8 | |
| 2745 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2746 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2747 #endif | |
| 2748 ) | |
| 2749 return FALSE; | |
| 657 | 2750 return TRUE; |
| 2751 } | |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 /* | |
| 2754 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
| 707 | 2755 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
| 657 | 2756 */ |
| 2757 static int | |
| 707 | 2758 pum_enough_matches() |
| 657 | 2759 { |
| 2760 compl_T *compl; | |
| 2761 int i; | |
| 540 | 2762 |
| 2763 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
| 2764 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
| 2765 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2766 i = 0; | |
| 2767 do | |
| 2768 { | |
| 2769 if (compl == NULL | |
| 2770 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
| 2771 break; | |
| 2772 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2773 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 2774 | |
| 707 | 2775 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
| 2776 return (i >= 1); | |
| 540 | 2777 return (i >= 2); |
| 2778 } | |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 /* | |
| 2781 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
| 659 | 2782 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
| 540 | 2783 */ |
| 648 | 2784 void |
| 540 | 2785 ins_compl_show_pum() |
| 2786 { | |
| 2787 compl_T *compl; | |
| 659 | 2788 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
| 2789 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
| 2790 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
| 540 | 2791 int i; |
| 2792 int cur = -1; | |
| 2793 colnr_T col; | |
| 657 | 2794 int lead_len = 0; |
| 2795 | |
| 707 | 2796 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
| 540 | 2797 return; |
| 2798 | |
| 794 | 2799 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 2800 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
| 2801 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
| 2802 #endif | |
| 2803 | |
| 540 | 2804 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
| 2805 update_screen(0); | |
| 2806 | |
| 2807 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 2808 { | |
| 2809 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
| 2810 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
| 2811 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 657 | 2812 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 835 | 2813 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
| 540 | 2814 do |
| 2815 { | |
| 657 | 2816 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2817 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2818 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2819 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2820 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2821 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 657 | 2822 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
| 2823 return; | |
| 659 | 2824 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
| 2825 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
| 540 | 2826 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
| 2827 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2828 { | |
| 829 | 2829 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
| 2830 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
| 2831 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2832 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2833 | |
| 540 | 2834 i = 0; |
| 2835 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2836 do | |
| 2837 { | |
| 657 | 2838 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2839 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2840 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2841 { |
| 659 | 2842 if (!shown_match_ok) |
| 2843 { | |
| 2844 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
| 2845 { | |
| 2846 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
| 2847 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
| 2848 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
| 2849 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 2850 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2851 } | |
| 2852 else | |
| 2853 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
| 2854 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
| 2855 shown_compl = compl; | |
| 540 | 2856 cur = i; |
| 659 | 2857 } |
| 786 | 2858 |
| 2859 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
| 2860 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
| 2861 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
| 2862 else | |
| 2863 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
| 2864 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
| 2865 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
| 2866 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
| 2867 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
| 2868 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
| 659 | 2869 else |
| 2870 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
| 2871 } | |
| 2872 | |
| 2873 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
| 2874 { | |
| 2875 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 716 | 2876 |
| 2877 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
| 2878 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
| 2879 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2880 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2881 | |
| 659 | 2882 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
| 2883 { | |
| 2884 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
| 2885 * previously displayed match. */ | |
| 2886 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
| 2887 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2888 } | |
| 540 | 2889 } |
| 2890 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2891 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 659 | 2892 |
| 2893 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
| 2894 cur = -1; | |
| 540 | 2895 } |
| 2896 } | |
| 2897 else | |
| 2898 { | |
| 2899 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
| 657 | 2900 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
| 786 | 2901 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
| 2902 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
| 2903 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
| 829 | 2904 { |
| 2905 cur = i; | |
| 657 | 2906 break; |
| 829 | 2907 } |
| 540 | 2908 } |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2911 { | |
| 2912 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
| 2913 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
| 2914 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2915 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
| 732 | 2916 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
| 540 | 2917 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
| 2918 } | |
| 2919 } | |
| 2920 | |
| 7 | 2921 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
| 2922 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
| 648 | 2923 |
| 7 | 2924 /* |
| 703 | 2925 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
| 2926 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
| 7 | 2927 */ |
| 2928 static void | |
| 703 | 2929 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
| 2930 char_u *dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2931 char_u *pat; |
| 667 | 2932 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
| 703 | 2933 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
| 2934 { | |
| 2935 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2936 char_u *ptr; |
| 2937 char_u *buf; | |
| 2938 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 2939 char_u **files; | |
| 2940 int count; | |
| 2941 int save_p_scs; | |
| 659 | 2942 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2943 |
| 703 | 2944 if (*dict == NUL) |
| 2945 { | |
| 744 | 2946 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 2947 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
| 2948 * "spell". */ | |
| 2949 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
| 2950 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
| 2951 else | |
| 2952 #endif | |
| 2953 return; | |
| 2954 } | |
| 2955 | |
| 7 | 2956 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
| 703 | 2957 if (buf == NULL) |
| 2958 return; | |
| 1074 | 2959 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
| 703 | 2960 |
| 7 | 2961 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
| 2962 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 2963 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
| 2964 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 2965 |
| 2966 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
| 2967 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
| 842 | 2968 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
| 667 | 2969 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 2970 { | |
| 842 | 2971 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
| 1869 | 2972 size_t len; |
| 842 | 2973 |
| 2974 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
| 1159 | 2975 goto theend; |
| 1869 | 2976 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
| 2977 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
| 667 | 2978 if (ptr == NULL) |
| 842 | 2979 { |
| 2980 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 1074 | 2981 goto theend; |
| 842 | 2982 } |
| 1869 | 2983 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
| 842 | 2984 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
| 2985 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 667 | 2986 vim_free(ptr); |
| 2987 } | |
| 2988 else | |
| 703 | 2989 { |
| 667 | 2990 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
| 703 | 2991 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
| 2992 goto theend; | |
| 2993 } | |
| 667 | 2994 |
| 7 | 2995 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
| 2996 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
| 703 | 2997 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
| 7 | 2998 { |
| 2999 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
| 3000 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3001 { | |
| 3002 count = 1; | |
| 3003 files = &dict; | |
| 3004 } | |
| 3005 else | |
| 3006 { | |
| 3007 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
| 3008 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
| 3009 * a modeline). */ | |
| 3010 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 744 | 3011 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3012 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
| 3013 count = -1; | |
| 744 | 3014 else |
| 3015 # endif | |
| 3016 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
| 7 | 3017 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
| 3018 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
| 3019 count = 0; | |
| 3020 } | |
| 3021 | |
| 744 | 3022 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3023 if (count == -1) |
| 3024 { | |
| 712 | 3025 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
| 3026 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
| 703 | 3027 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
| 3028 ptr = pat + 2; | |
| 3029 else | |
| 3030 ptr = pat; | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
3031 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3032 } |
| 3033 else | |
| 744 | 3034 # endif |
| 938 | 3035 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
| 703 | 3036 { |
| 3037 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
| 3038 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
| 7 | 3039 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
| 703 | 3040 FreeWild(count, files); |
| 3041 } | |
| 3042 if (flags != 0) | |
| 7 | 3043 break; |
| 3044 } | |
| 703 | 3045 |
| 3046 theend: | |
| 7 | 3047 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
| 3048 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 3049 vim_free(buf); | |
| 3050 } | |
| 3051 | |
| 703 | 3052 static void |
| 3053 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
| 3054 int count; | |
| 3055 char_u **files; | |
| 3056 int thesaurus; | |
| 3057 int flags; | |
| 3058 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
| 3059 char_u *buf; | |
| 3060 int *dir; | |
| 3061 { | |
| 3062 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3063 int i; | |
| 3064 FILE *fp; | |
| 3065 int add_r; | |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
| 3068 { | |
| 3069 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
| 3070 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3071 { | |
| 3072 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
| 3073 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
| 1869 | 3074 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 703 | 3075 } |
| 3076 | |
| 3077 if (fp != NULL) | |
| 3078 { | |
| 3079 /* | |
| 3080 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
| 3081 * Check each line for a match. | |
| 3082 */ | |
| 3083 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
| 3084 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
| 3085 { | |
| 3086 ptr = buf; | |
| 3087 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
| 3088 { | |
| 3089 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
| 3090 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 3091 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
| 3092 else | |
| 3093 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 3094 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
| 3095 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
| 942 | 3096 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3097 if (thesaurus) |
| 3098 { | |
| 3099 char_u *wstart; | |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 /* | |
| 3102 * Add the other matches on the line | |
| 3103 */ | |
| 1353 | 3104 ptr = buf; |
| 703 | 3105 while (!got_int) |
| 3106 { | |
| 3107 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
| 3108 * space and punctuation. */ | |
| 3109 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
| 3110 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
| 3111 break; | |
| 3112 wstart = ptr; | |
| 3113 | |
| 1353 | 3114 /* Find end of the word. */ |
| 703 | 3115 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3116 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3117 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
| 3118 * different classes, only separate words | |
| 3119 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
| 3120 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3121 { | |
| 3122 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3125 break; | |
| 3126 ptr += l; | |
| 3127 } | |
| 3128 else | |
| 3129 #endif | |
| 3130 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 1353 | 3131 |
| 3132 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
| 3133 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
| 3134 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
| 3135 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
| 3136 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
| 703 | 3137 } |
| 3138 } | |
| 3139 if (add_r == OK) | |
| 3140 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3141 *dir = FORWARD; | |
| 3142 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
| 3143 break; | |
| 3144 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
| 3145 * of line */ | |
| 3146 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
| 3147 break; | |
| 3148 } | |
| 3149 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 3150 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
| 3151 } | |
| 3152 fclose(fp); | |
| 3153 } | |
| 3154 } | |
| 3155 } | |
| 3156 | |
| 7 | 3157 /* |
| 3158 * Find the start of the next word. | |
| 3159 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
| 3160 */ | |
| 3161 char_u * | |
| 3162 find_word_start(ptr) | |
| 3163 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3164 { | |
| 3165 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3166 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3167 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
| 474 | 3168 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3169 else |
| 3170 #endif | |
| 3171 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3172 ++ptr; | |
| 3173 return ptr; | |
| 3174 } | |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 /* | |
| 3177 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
| 3178 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
| 3179 */ | |
| 3180 char_u * | |
| 3181 find_word_end(ptr) | |
| 3182 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3183 { | |
| 3184 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3185 int start_class; | |
| 3186 | |
| 3187 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3188 { | |
| 3189 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
| 3190 if (start_class > 1) | |
| 3191 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3192 { | |
| 474 | 3193 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3194 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
| 3195 break; | |
| 3196 } | |
| 3197 } | |
| 3198 else | |
| 3199 #endif | |
| 3200 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3201 ++ptr; | |
| 3202 return ptr; | |
| 3203 } | |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 /* | |
| 667 | 3206 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
| 3207 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
| 3208 */ | |
| 3209 static char_u * | |
| 3210 find_line_end(ptr) | |
| 3211 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3212 { | |
| 3213 char_u *s; | |
| 3214 | |
| 3215 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3216 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
| 3217 --s; | |
| 3218 return s; | |
| 3219 } | |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 /* | |
| 7 | 3222 * Free the list of completions |
| 3223 */ | |
| 3224 static void | |
| 3225 ins_compl_free() | |
| 3226 { | |
| 464 | 3227 compl_T *match; |
| 786 | 3228 int i; |
| 7 | 3229 |
| 449 | 3230 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
| 3231 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3232 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3233 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 449 | 3234 |
| 3235 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
| 7 | 3236 return; |
| 540 | 3237 |
| 3238 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3239 pum_clear(); | |
| 3240 | |
| 449 | 3241 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
| 7 | 3242 do |
| 3243 { | |
| 449 | 3244 match = compl_curr_match; |
| 464 | 3245 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 3246 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
| 7 | 3247 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
| 464 | 3248 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
| 3249 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
| 786 | 3250 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
| 3251 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
| 7 | 3252 vim_free(match); |
| 449 | 3253 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
| 3254 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 1927 | 3255 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
| 7 | 3256 } |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 static void | |
| 3259 ins_compl_clear() | |
| 3260 { | |
| 449 | 3261 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3262 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3263 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3264 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 3265 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3266 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3267 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 7 | 3268 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
| 724 | 3269 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 3270 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 825 | 3271 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3272 } |
| 3273 | |
| 3274 /* | |
| 674 | 3275 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
| 3276 */ | |
| 3277 int | |
| 3278 ins_compl_active() | |
| 3279 { | |
| 3280 return compl_started; | |
| 3281 } | |
| 3282 | |
| 3283 /* | |
| 659 | 3284 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
| 3285 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
| 836 | 3286 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
| 3287 * to be got from the user. | |
| 657 | 3288 */ |
| 3289 static int | |
| 3290 ins_compl_bs() | |
| 3291 { | |
| 3292 char_u *line; | |
| 3293 char_u *p; | |
| 3294 | |
| 836 | 3295 line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 3296 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3297 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
| 3298 | |
| 1430 | 3299 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
| 3300 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
| 3301 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
| 3302 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
| 3303 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
| 836 | 3304 return K_BS; |
| 3305 | |
| 874 | 3306 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
| 3307 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
| 3308 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
| 3309 || compl_was_interrupted) | |
| 3310 ins_compl_restart(); | |
| 657 | 3311 |
| 3312 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 835 | 3313 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
| 657 | 3314 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3315 { | |
| 874 | 3316 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 3317 return NUL; | |
| 3318 } | |
| 3319 return K_BS; | |
| 3320 } | |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 /* | |
| 3323 * Called after changing "compl_leader". | |
| 3324 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
| 3325 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
| 3326 */ | |
| 3327 static void | |
| 3328 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
| 3329 { | |
| 3330 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3331 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 3332 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 874 | 3333 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 if (compl_started) | |
| 3336 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
| 3337 else | |
| 3338 { | |
| 826 | 3339 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 874 | 3340 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
| 3341 #endif | |
| 3342 /* | |
| 3343 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
| 3344 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
| 3345 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
| 3346 */ | |
| 3347 update_screen(0); | |
| 3348 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3349 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 3350 { | |
| 3351 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 3352 setcursor(); | |
| 3353 out_flush(); | |
| 3354 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 3355 } | |
| 3356 #endif | |
| 3357 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
| 3358 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
| 3359 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3360 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 3361 } | |
| 3362 | |
| 887 | 3363 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; |
| 874 | 3364 |
| 3365 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
| 3366 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 947 | 3367 |
| 3368 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 3369 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 3370 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 657 | 3371 } |
| 3372 | |
| 3373 /* | |
| 1782 | 3374 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
| 3375 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
| 3376 */ | |
| 3377 static int | |
| 3378 ins_compl_len() | |
| 3379 { | |
| 1869 | 3380 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 1782 | 3381 |
| 3382 if (off < 0) | |
| 3383 return 0; | |
| 3384 return off; | |
| 3385 } | |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 /* | |
| 657 | 3388 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3389 * matches. | |
| 3390 */ | |
| 3391 static void | |
| 3392 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
| 3393 int c; | |
| 3394 { | |
| 3395 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3396 int cc; | |
| 3397 | |
| 3398 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
| 3399 { | |
| 3400 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 3403 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 3404 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 3405 } | |
| 3406 else | |
| 3407 #endif | |
| 3408 ins_char(c); | |
| 3409 | |
| 874 | 3410 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
| 3411 if (compl_was_interrupted) | |
| 3412 ins_compl_restart(); | |
| 3413 | |
| 657 | 3414 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3415 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
| 1869 | 3416 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
| 657 | 3417 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 874 | 3418 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 3419 } | |
| 3420 | |
| 3421 /* | |
| 3422 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
| 3423 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
| 3424 */ | |
| 3425 static void | |
| 3426 ins_compl_restart() | |
| 3427 { | |
| 3428 ins_compl_free(); | |
| 3429 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3430 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3431 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3432 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 694 | 3433 } |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 /* | |
| 3436 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
| 3437 */ | |
| 3438 static void | |
| 3439 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
| 3440 char_u *str; | |
| 3441 { | |
| 3442 char_u *p; | |
| 3443 | |
| 3444 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
| 3445 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
| 3446 { | |
| 3447 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
| 3448 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3449 { | |
| 3450 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
| 3451 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
| 3452 } | |
| 657 | 3453 } |
| 3454 } | |
| 3455 | |
| 3456 /* | |
| 659 | 3457 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3458 * matches. | |
| 3459 */ | |
| 3460 static void | |
| 3461 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
| 3462 { | |
| 3463 char_u *p; | |
| 1869 | 3464 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 659 | 3465 int c; |
| 887 | 3466 compl_T *cp; |
| 659 | 3467 |
| 3468 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
| 677 | 3469 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
| 887 | 3470 { |
| 3471 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
| 3472 * the leader. */ | |
| 3473 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 3474 { | |
| 3475 p = NULL; | |
| 3476 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
| 3477 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
| 3478 { | |
| 987 | 3479 if (compl_leader == NULL |
| 3480 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
| 887 | 3481 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 3482 { | |
| 3483 p = cp->cp_str; | |
| 3484 break; | |
| 3485 } | |
| 3486 } | |
| 3487 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
| 3488 return; | |
| 3489 } | |
| 3490 else | |
| 3491 return; | |
| 3492 } | |
| 659 | 3493 p += len; |
| 3494 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3495 c = mb_ptr2char(p); | |
| 3496 #else | |
| 3497 c = *p; | |
| 3498 #endif | |
| 3499 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 3500 } | |
| 3501 | |
| 3502 /* | |
| 7 | 3503 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
| 464 | 3504 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
| 540 | 3505 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
| 7 | 3506 */ |
| 540 | 3507 static int |
| 7 | 3508 ins_compl_prep(c) |
| 3509 int c; | |
| 3510 { | |
| 3511 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3512 int want_cindent; | |
| 540 | 3513 int retval = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3514 |
| 3515 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
| 3516 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
| 3517 */ | |
| 3518 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3519 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 3520 | |
| 1434 | 3521 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3522 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3523 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) |
| 540 | 3524 return retval; |
| 7 | 3525 |
| 665 | 3526 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
| 3527 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
| 3528 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
| 3529 { | |
| 3530 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
| 3531 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 3532 } | |
| 3533 | |
| 7 | 3534 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
| 3535 { | |
| 3536 /* | |
| 3537 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
| 3538 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
| 3539 */ | |
| 3540 switch (c) | |
| 3541 { | |
| 3542 case Ctrl_E: | |
| 3543 case Ctrl_Y: | |
| 3544 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
| 3545 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 3546 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3547 else | |
| 3548 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3549 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 3550 showmode(); | |
| 3551 break; | |
| 3552 case Ctrl_L: | |
| 3553 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 3554 break; | |
| 3555 case Ctrl_F: | |
| 3556 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
| 3557 break; | |
| 3558 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 3559 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 3560 break; | |
| 3561 case Ctrl_R: | |
| 3562 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
| 3563 break; | |
| 3564 case Ctrl_T: | |
| 3565 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 3566 break; | |
| 12 | 3567 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 3568 case Ctrl_U: | |
| 3569 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
| 3570 break; | |
| 449 | 3571 case Ctrl_O: |
| 523 | 3572 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
| 449 | 3573 break; |
| 502 | 3574 #endif |
| 477 | 3575 case 's': |
| 3576 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 3577 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
| 744 | 3578 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 819 | 3579 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
| 484 | 3580 spell_back_to_badword(); |
| 819 | 3581 --emsg_off; |
| 484 | 3582 #endif |
| 477 | 3583 break; |
| 7 | 3584 case Ctrl_RSB: |
| 3585 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 3586 break; | |
| 3587 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 3588 case Ctrl_I: | |
| 3589 case K_S_TAB: | |
| 3590 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 3591 break; | |
| 3592 case Ctrl_D: | |
| 3593 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 3594 break; | |
| 3595 #endif | |
| 3596 case Ctrl_V: | |
| 3597 case Ctrl_Q: | |
| 3598 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
| 3599 break; | |
| 3600 case Ctrl_P: | |
| 3601 case Ctrl_N: | |
| 3602 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
| 3603 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
| 3604 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3605 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
| 3606 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3607 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
| 3608 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 3609 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
| 3610 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 3611 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
| 3612 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 3613 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 3614 default: | |
| 449 | 3615 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
| 3616 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
| 3617 * mode). | |
| 3618 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
| 3619 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
| 3620 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
| 3621 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
| 3622 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
| 3623 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
| 3624 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 7 | 3625 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
| 3626 { | |
| 449 | 3627 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
| 3628 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 7 | 3629 else |
| 449 | 3630 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
| 7 | 3631 } |
| 3632 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3633 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3634 showmode(); | |
| 3635 break; | |
| 3636 } | |
| 3637 } | |
| 3638 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 3639 { | |
| 3640 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
| 3641 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3642 { | |
| 3643 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 3644 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3645 else | |
| 3646 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
| 3647 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3648 } | |
| 3649 showmode(); | |
| 3650 } | |
| 3651 | |
| 449 | 3652 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 7 | 3653 { |
| 3654 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
| 3655 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
| 449 | 3656 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
| 7 | 3657 showmode(); |
| 644 | 3658 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
| 3659 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
| 7 | 3660 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 3661 { | |
| 3662 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
| 3663 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
| 449 | 3664 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
| 836 | 3665 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
| 7 | 3666 { |
| 449 | 3667 char_u *p; |
| 938 | 3668 int temp = 0; |
| 449 | 3669 |
| 7 | 3670 /* |
| 836 | 3671 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
| 3672 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
| 3673 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
| 3674 * of the original text that has changed. | |
| 3675 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
| 3676 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
| 7 | 3677 */ |
| 836 | 3678 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
| 3679 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
| 3680 else if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 3681 ptr = compl_leader; | |
| 3682 else | |
| 3683 ptr = compl_orig_text; | |
| 897 | 3684 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) |
| 3685 { | |
| 3686 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 3687 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp]; | |
| 3688 ++temp) | |
| 3689 ; | |
| 836 | 3690 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 897 | 3691 if (temp > 0) |
| 3692 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp); | |
| 3693 #endif | |
| 3694 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 3695 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
| 3696 } | |
| 3697 if (ptr != NULL) | |
| 3698 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1); | |
| 7 | 3699 } |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3702 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
| 3703 #endif | |
| 3704 /* | |
| 3705 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
| 3706 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
| 3707 */ | |
| 449 | 3708 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 7 | 3709 { |
| 3710 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3711 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 3712 if (want_cindent) | |
| 3713 { | |
| 3714 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3715 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
| 3716 } | |
| 3717 #endif | |
| 3718 } | |
| 3719 else | |
| 3720 { | |
| 1073 | 3721 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 3722 | |
| 7 | 3723 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
| 1073 | 3724 if (prev_col > 0) |
| 3725 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3726 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
| 3727 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
| 1073 | 3728 if (prev_col > 0 |
| 3729 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
| 3730 inc_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3731 } |
| 3732 | |
| 816 | 3733 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
| 825 | 3734 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
| 3735 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
| 3736 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 3737 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 3738 && pum_visible()) | |
| 540 | 3739 retval = TRUE; |
| 3740 | |
| 816 | 3741 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
| 3742 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
| 3743 { | |
| 3744 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 3745 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 1782 | 3746 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3747 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 1782 | 3748 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3749 retval = TRUE; |
| 3750 } | |
| 3751 | |
| 1698 | 3752 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3753 | |
| 7 | 3754 ins_compl_free(); |
| 449 | 3755 compl_started = FALSE; |
| 3756 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 7 | 3757 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
| 3758 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 825 | 3759 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3760 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
| 3761 { | |
| 3762 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3763 showmode(); | |
| 3764 } | |
| 3765 | |
| 3766 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3767 /* | |
| 3768 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 3769 */ | |
| 3770 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
| 3771 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3772 #endif | |
| 3773 } | |
| 3774 } | |
| 3775 | |
| 3776 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
| 3777 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
| 3778 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3779 { | |
| 449 | 3780 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3781 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 7 | 3782 } |
| 540 | 3783 |
| 3784 return retval; | |
| 7 | 3785 } |
| 3786 | |
| 3787 /* | |
| 3788 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers | |
| 3789 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
| 3790 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
| 3791 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
| 3792 * | |
| 3793 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
| 3794 */ | |
| 3795 static buf_T * | |
| 3796 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
| 3797 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3798 int flag; | |
| 3799 { | |
| 3800 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3801 static win_T *wp; | |
| 3802 #endif | |
| 3803 | |
| 3804 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
| 3805 { | |
| 3806 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3807 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
| 3808 wp = curwin; | |
| 383 | 3809 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
| 7 | 3810 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
| 3811 ; | |
| 3812 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 3813 #else | |
| 3814 buf = curbuf; | |
| 3815 #endif | |
| 3816 } | |
| 3817 else | |
| 3818 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
| 3819 * (unlisted buffers) | |
| 3820 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
| 383 | 3821 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
| 7 | 3822 && ((flag == 'U' |
| 3823 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3824 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3825 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
| 667 | 3826 || buf->b_scanned)) |
| 7 | 3827 ; |
| 3828 return buf; | |
| 3829 } | |
| 3830 | |
| 12 | 3831 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 659 | 3832 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
| 12 | 3833 |
| 3834 /* | |
| 523 | 3835 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
| 502 | 3836 * get matches in "matches". |
| 12 | 3837 */ |
| 659 | 3838 static void |
| 3839 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
| 523 | 3840 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
| 12 | 3841 char_u *base; |
| 3842 { | |
| 452 | 3843 list_T *matchlist; |
| 502 | 3844 char_u *args[2]; |
| 3845 char_u *funcname; | |
| 3846 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 3847 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 3848 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 502 | 3849 |
| 3850 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 3851 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 659 | 3852 return; |
| 452 | 3853 |
| 3854 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
| 3855 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
| 502 | 3856 args[1] = base; |
| 3857 | |
| 3858 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 3859 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 3860 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 502 | 3861 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); |
| 2631 | 3862 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 3863 { | |
| 3864 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 3865 goto theend; | |
| 3866 } | |
| 502 | 3867 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 2631 | 3868 check_cursor(); |
| 3869 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
| 3870 { | |
| 3871 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 3872 goto theend; | |
| 3873 } | |
| 3874 if (matchlist != NULL) | |
| 3875 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); | |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 theend: | |
| 3878 if (matchlist != NULL) | |
| 3879 list_unref(matchlist); | |
| 724 | 3880 } |
| 3881 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
| 3882 | |
| 786 | 3883 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 3884 /* |
| 3885 * Add completions from a list. | |
| 3886 */ | |
| 3887 static void | |
| 3888 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
| 3889 list_T *list; | |
| 3890 { | |
| 3891 listitem_T *li; | |
| 3892 int dir = compl_direction; | |
| 3893 | |
| 659 | 3894 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
| 724 | 3895 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
| 452 | 3896 { |
| 786 | 3897 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
| 3898 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3899 dir = FORWARD; | |
| 648 | 3900 else if (did_emsg) |
| 3901 break; | |
| 452 | 3902 } |
| 724 | 3903 } |
| 786 | 3904 |
| 3905 /* | |
| 3906 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. | |
| 3907 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 3908 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
| 3909 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
| 3910 */ | |
| 3911 int | |
| 3912 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
| 3913 typval_T *tv; | |
| 3914 int dir; | |
| 3915 { | |
| 3916 char_u *word; | |
| 867 | 3917 int icase = FALSE; |
| 944 | 3918 int adup = FALSE; |
| 2632 | 3919 int aempty = FALSE; |
| 786 | 3920 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
| 3921 | |
| 3922 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
| 3923 { | |
| 3924 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
| 3925 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3926 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
| 3927 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3928 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
| 3929 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3930 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
| 3931 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3932 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
| 3933 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
| 3934 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
| 841 | 3935 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 944 | 3936 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
| 2632 | 3937 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 3938 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); | |
| 786 | 3939 } |
| 3940 else | |
| 3941 { | |
| 3942 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
| 3943 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
| 3944 } | |
| 2632 | 3945 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) |
| 786 | 3946 return FAIL; |
| 944 | 3947 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
| 786 | 3948 } |
| 724 | 3949 #endif |
| 12 | 3950 |
| 449 | 3951 /* |
| 3952 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
| 659 | 3953 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
| 3954 * compl_direction. | |
| 667 | 3955 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
| 3956 * where we stopped searching before. | |
| 449 | 3957 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
| 3958 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
| 7 | 3959 */ |
| 3960 static int | |
| 659 | 3961 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
| 7 | 3962 pos_T *ini; |
| 3963 { | |
| 3964 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
| 3965 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
| 3966 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
| 449 | 3967 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
| 3968 certain type. */ | |
| 3969 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
| 7 | 3970 |
| 464 | 3971 pos_T *pos; |
| 3972 char_u **matches; | |
| 3973 int save_p_scs; | |
| 3974 int save_p_ws; | |
| 3975 int save_p_ic; | |
| 3976 int i; | |
| 3977 int num_matches; | |
| 3978 int len; | |
| 3979 int found_new_match; | |
| 3980 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 3981 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3982 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
| 3983 int dict_f = 0; | |
| 3984 compl_T *old_match; | |
| 7 | 3985 |
| 449 | 3986 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 3987 { |
| 3988 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
| 3989 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
| 3990 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 3991 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 449 | 3992 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
| 12 | 3993 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
| 7 | 3994 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
| 3995 } | |
| 3996 | |
| 449 | 3997 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
| 659 | 3998 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
| 7 | 3999 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
| 4000 for (;;) | |
| 4001 { | |
| 4002 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4003 | |
| 449 | 4004 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
| 7 | 4005 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
| 4006 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
| 4007 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4008 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
| 7 | 4009 { |
| 4010 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4011 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
| 4012 e_cpt++; | |
| 4013 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
| 4014 { | |
| 4015 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 4016 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
| 4017 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
| 4018 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
| 4019 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
| 4020 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
| 4021 type = 0; | |
| 4022 } | |
| 4023 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
| 4024 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
| 4025 { | |
| 4026 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
| 4027 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
| 4028 { | |
| 449 | 4029 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4030 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
| 4031 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 4032 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
| 4033 type = 0; | |
| 4034 } | |
| 4035 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
| 4036 { | |
| 4037 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4038 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
| 4039 continue; | |
| 4040 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4041 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
| 4042 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
| 4043 } | |
| 274 | 4044 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
| 7 | 4045 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
| 4046 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
| 4047 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
| 4048 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname | |
| 4049 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
| 1869 | 4050 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4051 } |
| 4052 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
| 4053 break; | |
| 4054 else | |
| 4055 { | |
| 4056 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4057 type = -1; | |
| 4058 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
| 4059 { | |
| 4060 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
| 4061 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4062 else | |
| 4063 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 4064 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
| 4065 { | |
| 4066 dict = e_cpt; | |
| 4067 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
| 4068 } | |
| 4069 } | |
| 4070 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4071 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
| 4072 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 4073 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
| 4074 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 4075 #endif | |
| 4076 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
| 4077 { | |
| 4078 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 1872 | 4079 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
| 1869 | 4080 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4081 } |
| 4082 else | |
| 4083 type = -1; | |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
| 4086 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
| 4087 | |
| 4088 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4089 if (type == -1) | |
| 4090 continue; | |
| 4091 } | |
| 4092 } | |
| 4093 | |
| 4094 switch (type) | |
| 4095 { | |
| 4096 case -1: | |
| 4097 break; | |
| 4098 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4099 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 4100 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 659 | 4101 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
| 449 | 4102 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
| 7 | 4103 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
| 449 | 4104 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4105 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
| 4106 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
| 4107 break; | |
| 4108 #endif | |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 4111 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 4112 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
| 703 | 4113 dict != NULL ? dict |
| 7 | 4114 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
| 4115 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
| 4116 ? p_tsr | |
| 4117 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
| 4118 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
| 4119 ? p_dict | |
| 4120 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
| 659 | 4121 compl_pattern, |
| 703 | 4122 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
| 4123 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
| 7 | 4124 dict = NULL; |
| 4125 break; | |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 4128 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
| 4129 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
| 449 | 4130 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4131 |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4132 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
| 449 | 4133 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
| 4134 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
| 7 | 4135 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
| 4136 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
| 4137 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
| 4138 { | |
| 942 | 4139 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 7 | 4140 } |
| 4141 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
| 4142 break; | |
| 4143 | |
| 4144 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 449 | 4145 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
| 7 | 4146 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
| 4147 { | |
| 4148 | |
| 4149 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
| 449 | 4150 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
| 681 | 4151 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, |
| 4152 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
| 4153 TRUE | |
| 4154 #else | |
| 4155 FALSE | |
| 4156 #endif | |
| 4157 ); | |
| 7 | 4158 } |
| 4159 break; | |
| 4160 | |
| 4161 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 449 | 4162 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 4163 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
| 7 | 4164 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
| 681 | 4165 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4166 break; |
| 4167 | |
| 12 | 4168 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 4169 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 523 | 4170 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 659 | 4171 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
| 12 | 4172 break; |
| 4173 #endif | |
| 4174 | |
| 477 | 4175 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 744 | 4176 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 477 | 4177 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
| 1872 | 4178 compl_pattern, &matches); |
| 477 | 4179 if (num_matches > 0) |
| 942 | 4180 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 477 | 4181 #endif |
| 4182 break; | |
| 4183 | |
| 7 | 4184 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
| 4185 /* | |
| 4186 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
| 4187 */ | |
| 4188 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 4189 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
| 4190 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 449 | 4191 |
| 7 | 4192 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
| 4193 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this | |
| 4194 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
| 4195 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
| 4196 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
| 4197 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
| 4198 p_ws = FALSE; | |
| 4199 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
| 4200 p_ws = TRUE; | |
| 4201 for (;;) | |
| 4202 { | |
| 464 | 4203 int flags = 0; |
| 7 | 4204 |
| 1007 | 4205 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
| 4206 | |
| 540 | 4207 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
| 4208 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
| 7 | 4209 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
| 449 | 4210 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4211 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
| 659 | 4212 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4213 else |
| 659 | 4214 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
| 4215 compl_direction, | |
| 449 | 4216 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
| 1496 | 4217 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
| 1007 | 4218 --msg_silent; |
| 449 | 4219 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4220 { |
| 667 | 4221 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
| 449 | 4222 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4223 first_match_pos = *pos; |
| 4224 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
| 4225 } | |
| 4226 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
| 665 | 4227 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
| 7 | 4228 found_new_match = FAIL; |
| 4229 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
| 4230 { | |
| 4231 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
| 4232 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4233 break; | |
| 4234 } | |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
| 449 | 4237 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
| 7 | 4238 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
| 4239 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
| 4240 continue; | |
| 4241 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
| 4242 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4243 { | |
| 449 | 4244 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4245 { |
| 4246 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4247 continue; | |
| 4248 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4249 if (!p_paste) | |
| 4250 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4251 } | |
| 4252 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 4253 } | |
| 4254 else | |
| 4255 { | |
| 449 | 4256 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 4259 { |
| 449 | 4260 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
| 7 | 4261 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
| 4262 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
| 4263 continue; | |
| 4264 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4265 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4266 } | |
| 4267 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
| 4268 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4269 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4270 | |
| 449 | 4271 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 4272 && len == compl_length) | |
| 7 | 4273 { |
| 4274 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4275 { | |
| 4276 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
| 4277 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
| 4278 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
| 449 | 4279 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
| 7 | 4280 * works -- Acevedo */ |
| 4281 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
| 4282 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4283 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4284 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4285 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4286 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
| 4287 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4288 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
| 4289 { | |
| 419 | 4290 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
| 7 | 4291 { |
| 419 | 4292 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
| 7 | 4293 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4294 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
| 4295 if (p_js | |
| 419 | 4296 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
| 7 | 4297 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
| 4298 == NULL | |
| 419 | 4299 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
| 4300 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
| 7 | 4301 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4302 } | |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4303 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
| 7 | 4304 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
| 4305 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
| 4306 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4307 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 464 | 4308 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 4309 } |
| 4310 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
| 4311 ptr = IObuff; | |
| 4312 } | |
| 449 | 4313 if (len == compl_length) |
| 7 | 4314 continue; |
| 4315 } | |
| 4316 } | |
| 942 | 4317 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
| 540 | 4318 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
| 659 | 4319 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
| 7 | 4320 { |
| 4321 found_new_match = OK; | |
| 4322 break; | |
| 4323 } | |
| 4324 } | |
| 4325 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
| 4326 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
| 4327 } | |
| 540 | 4328 |
| 449 | 4329 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
| 1796 | 4330 * expansion added something) */ |
| 540 | 4331 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
| 7 | 4332 found_new_match = OK; |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
| 4335 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
| 4336 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4337 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
| 540 | 4338 { |
| 4339 if (got_int) | |
| 4340 break; | |
| 665 | 4341 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
| 989 | 4342 if (type != -1) |
| 540 | 4343 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
| 665 | 4344 |
| 540 | 4345 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 4346 || compl_interrupted) | |
| 4347 break; | |
| 4348 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 4349 } | |
| 4350 else | |
| 4351 { | |
| 4352 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
| 4353 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 4354 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 4357 } | |
| 449 | 4358 } |
| 4359 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4360 |
| 4361 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4362 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
| 4363 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4364 | |
| 4365 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
| 4366 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
| 4367 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
| 4368 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
| 449 | 4371 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
| 4372 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
| 724 | 4373 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
| 4374 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
| 449 | 4375 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
| 4376 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
| 7 | 4377 return i; |
| 4378 } | |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
| 4381 static void | |
| 4382 ins_compl_delete() | |
| 4383 { | |
| 4384 int i; | |
| 4385 | |
| 4386 /* | |
| 4387 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
| 4388 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
| 4389 */ | |
| 449 | 4390 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
| 7 | 4391 backspace_until_column(i); |
| 4392 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 4393 } | |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
| 4396 static void | |
| 4397 ins_compl_insert() | |
| 4398 { | |
| 1782 | 4399 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
| 683 | 4400 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 4401 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 4402 else | |
| 4403 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4404 } |
| 4405 | |
| 4406 /* | |
| 4407 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
| 464 | 4408 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
| 4409 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
| 4410 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
| 4411 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
| 4412 * through the ones found so far. | |
| 7 | 4413 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
| 4414 * | |
| 449 | 4415 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
| 4416 * compl_shown_match here. | |
| 7 | 4417 * |
| 4418 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
| 464 | 4419 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
| 4420 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
| 7 | 4421 */ |
| 4422 static int | |
| 665 | 4423 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
| 7 | 4424 int allow_get_expansion; |
| 610 | 4425 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
| 4426 be at least 1 */ | |
| 665 | 4427 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
| 7 | 4428 { |
| 4429 int num_matches = -1; | |
| 4430 int i; | |
| 610 | 4431 int todo = count; |
| 657 | 4432 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
| 4433 int found_end = FALSE; | |
| 836 | 4434 int advance; |
| 7 | 4435 |
| 665 | 4436 if (compl_leader != NULL |
| 4437 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 4438 { | |
| 4439 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
| 4440 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
| 681 | 4441 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4442 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
| 665 | 4443 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
| 4444 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
| 4445 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 887 | 4446 |
| 4447 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
| 4448 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
| 4449 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4450 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4451 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4452 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
| 4453 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
| 4454 { | |
| 4455 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4456 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4457 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
| 4458 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
| 4459 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4460 } | |
| 665 | 4461 } |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
| 874 | 4464 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
| 7 | 4465 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
| 4466 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 665 | 4467 |
| 836 | 4468 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
| 4469 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
| 4470 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
| 4471 | |
| 874 | 4472 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
| 4473 if (compl_restarting) | |
| 4474 { | |
| 4475 advance = FALSE; | |
| 4476 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 4477 } | |
| 4478 | |
| 610 | 4479 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
| 4480 * around. */ | |
| 4481 while (--todo >= 0) | |
| 4482 { | |
| 4483 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4484 { | |
| 4485 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 657 | 4486 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
| 4487 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
| 4488 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
| 610 | 4489 } |
| 4490 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4491 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4492 { | |
| 657 | 4493 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 610 | 4494 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
| 657 | 4495 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 4496 } |
| 4497 else | |
| 610 | 4498 { |
| 909 | 4499 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
| 4500 { | |
| 4501 if (advance) | |
| 4502 { | |
| 4503 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4504 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
| 4505 else | |
| 4506 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
| 4507 } | |
| 4508 return -1; | |
| 4509 } | |
| 4510 | |
| 836 | 4511 if (advance) |
| 4512 { | |
| 4513 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4514 --compl_pending; | |
| 4515 else | |
| 4516 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4517 } | |
| 657 | 4518 |
| 874 | 4519 /* Find matches. */ |
| 659 | 4520 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
| 909 | 4521 |
| 4522 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
| 4523 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
| 836 | 4524 && advance) |
| 909 | 4525 { |
| 4526 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4527 { | |
| 4528 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 4529 --compl_pending; | |
| 4530 } | |
| 4531 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4532 { | |
| 4533 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4534 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4535 } | |
| 4536 else | |
| 4537 break; | |
| 4538 } | |
| 657 | 4539 found_end = FALSE; |
| 4540 } | |
| 4541 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
| 4542 && compl_leader != NULL | |
| 681 | 4543 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4544 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 657 | 4545 ++todo; |
| 4546 else | |
| 4547 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
| 4548 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
| 4549 | |
| 4550 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
| 4551 if (found_end) | |
| 4552 { | |
| 4553 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
| 610 | 4554 { |
| 657 | 4555 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
| 4556 break; | |
| 610 | 4557 } |
| 657 | 4558 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
| 610 | 4559 } |
| 7 | 4560 } |
| 4561 | |
| 665 | 4562 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
| 4563 if (insert_match) | |
| 4564 { | |
| 4565 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
| 4566 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 4567 else | |
| 1782 | 4568 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 4569 } |
| 4570 else | |
| 4571 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 4572 |
| 4573 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
| 4574 { | |
| 540 | 4575 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
| 4576 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 4577 | |
| 665 | 4578 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
| 4579 update_screen(0); | |
| 4580 | |
| 540 | 4581 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
| 4582 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 864 | 4583 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 4584 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 4585 { | |
| 4586 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 4587 setcursor(); | |
| 4588 out_flush(); | |
| 4589 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 4590 } | |
| 4591 #endif | |
| 540 | 4592 |
| 7 | 4593 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
| 4594 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
| 4595 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 4596 } | |
| 4597 | |
| 825 | 4598 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
| 1219 | 4599 * menu is visible. */ |
| 825 | 4600 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
| 4601 | |
| 7 | 4602 /* |
| 4603 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
| 4604 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
| 4605 */ | |
| 464 | 4606 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
| 7 | 4607 { |
| 4608 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
| 464 | 4609 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
| 7 | 4610 if (i <= 0) |
| 4611 i = 0; | |
| 4612 else | |
| 4613 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
| 464 | 4614 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
| 7 | 4615 msg(IObuff); |
| 4616 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
| 4617 } | |
| 4618 | |
| 4619 return num_matches; | |
| 4620 } | |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 /* | |
| 4623 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
| 4624 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
| 716 | 4625 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
| 7 | 4626 * possible. -- webb |
| 464 | 4627 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
| 7 | 4628 */ |
| 4629 void | |
| 464 | 4630 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
| 4631 int frequency; | |
| 7 | 4632 { |
| 4633 static int count = 0; | |
| 4634 | |
| 4635 int c; | |
| 4636 | |
| 4637 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
| 4638 * scripts */ | |
| 4639 if (using_script()) | |
| 4640 return; | |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
| 464 | 4643 if (++count < frequency) |
| 7 | 4644 return; |
| 4645 count = 0; | |
| 4646 | |
| 909 | 4647 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
| 4648 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
| 7 | 4649 c = vpeekc_any(); |
| 4650 if (c != NUL) | |
| 4651 { | |
| 4652 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
| 4653 { | |
| 4654 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
| 610 | 4655 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 665 | 4656 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
| 4657 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
| 7 | 4658 } |
| 909 | 4659 else |
| 4660 { | |
| 4661 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
| 1526 | 4662 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
| 909 | 4663 c = safe_vgetc(); |
| 1526 | 4664 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
| 4665 { | |
| 4666 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
| 4667 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
| 4668 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
| 4669 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 vungetc(c); | |
| 4672 } | |
| 909 | 4673 } |
| 449 | 4674 } |
| 716 | 4675 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
| 909 | 4676 { |
| 4677 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
| 4678 | |
| 4679 compl_pending = 0; | |
| 4680 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
| 4681 } | |
| 610 | 4682 } |
| 4683 | |
| 4684 /* | |
| 4685 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
| 4686 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
| 4687 */ | |
| 4688 static int | |
| 4689 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
| 4690 int c; | |
| 4691 { | |
| 665 | 4692 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
| 4693 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
| 4694 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
| 610 | 4695 return BACKWARD; |
| 4696 return FORWARD; | |
| 4697 } | |
| 4698 | |
| 4699 /* | |
| 644 | 4700 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
| 4701 * is visible. | |
| 4702 */ | |
| 4703 static int | |
| 4704 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
| 4705 int c; | |
| 4706 { | |
| 4707 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
| 665 | 4708 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
| 4709 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
| 644 | 4710 } |
| 4711 | |
| 4712 /* | |
| 610 | 4713 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
| 4714 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
| 4715 */ | |
| 4716 static int | |
| 4717 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
| 4718 int c; | |
| 4719 { | |
| 4720 int h; | |
| 4721 | |
| 665 | 4722 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
| 610 | 4723 { |
| 4724 h = pum_get_height(); | |
| 4725 if (h > 3) | |
| 4726 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
| 4727 return h; | |
| 4728 } | |
| 4729 return 1; | |
| 7 | 4730 } |
| 4731 | |
| 4732 /* | |
| 681 | 4733 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
| 4734 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
| 4735 */ | |
| 4736 static int | |
| 4737 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
| 4738 int c; | |
| 4739 { | |
| 4740 switch (c) | |
| 4741 { | |
| 4742 case K_UP: | |
| 4743 case K_DOWN: | |
| 4744 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 4745 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 4746 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 4747 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 4748 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 4749 case K_S_UP: | |
| 4750 return FALSE; | |
| 4751 } | |
| 4752 return TRUE; | |
| 4753 } | |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 /* | |
| 7 | 4756 * Do Insert mode completion. |
| 4757 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
| 4758 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
| 4759 */ | |
| 4760 static int | |
| 4761 ins_complete(c) | |
| 449 | 4762 int c; |
| 7 | 4763 { |
| 449 | 4764 char_u *line; |
| 4765 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
| 4766 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
| 4767 int n; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4768 int save_w_wrow; |
| 7 | 4769 |
| 610 | 4770 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 449 | 4771 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4772 { |
| 4773 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
| 4774 | |
| 4775 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 4776 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 4777 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 4778 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 4779 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 4780 #endif | |
| 4781 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 4782 return FAIL; | |
| 4783 | |
| 4784 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 449 | 4785 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 716 | 4786 compl_pending = 0; |
| 7 | 4787 |
| 1430 | 4788 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
| 449 | 4789 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
| 4790 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
| 1430 | 4791 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
| 4792 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
| 4793 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
| 4794 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
| 665 | 4795 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
| 4796 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 7 | 4797 { |
| 4798 /* | |
| 4799 * it is a continued search | |
| 4800 */ | |
| 449 | 4801 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
| 7 | 4802 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
| 4803 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 4804 { | |
| 449 | 4805 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 7 | 4806 { |
| 449 | 4807 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
| 4808 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
| 4809 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
| 4810 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
| 4811 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
| 4812 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 4813 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 4814 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
| 7 | 4815 } |
| 4816 else | |
| 4817 { | |
| 4818 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
| 4819 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
| 449 | 4820 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
| 4821 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
| 7 | 4822 { |
| 449 | 4823 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
| 4824 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
| 4825 line + compl_length | |
| 4826 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
| 7 | 4827 } |
| 449 | 4828 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
| 7 | 4829 } |
| 449 | 4830 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 502 | 4831 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
| 1796 | 4832 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
| 7 | 4833 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
| 449 | 4834 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
| 7 | 4835 { |
| 449 | 4836 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
| 4837 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
| 4838 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
| 7 | 4839 } |
| 449 | 4840 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 4841 if (compl_length < 1) | |
| 4842 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 4843 } |
| 4844 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4845 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 7 | 4846 else |
| 449 | 4847 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 7 | 4848 } |
| 4849 else | |
| 449 | 4850 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
| 4851 | |
| 4852 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
| 4853 { | |
| 4854 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 7 | 4855 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
| 449 | 4856 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 4857 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
| 4858 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 4859 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
| 4860 compl_col = 0; | |
| 7 | 4861 } |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
| 4864 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
| 4865 { | |
| 449 | 4866 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
| 7 | 4867 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
| 4868 { | |
| 449 | 4869 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
| 7 | 4870 { |
| 449 | 4871 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 4872 ; |
| 449 | 4873 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 4874 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
| 7 | 4875 } |
| 4876 if (p_ic) | |
| 449 | 4877 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
| 4878 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 4879 else |
| 449 | 4880 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
| 4881 compl_length); | |
| 4882 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4883 return FAIL; |
| 4884 } | |
| 449 | 4885 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4886 { |
| 4887 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
| 4888 | |
| 1872 | 4889 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
| 449 | 4890 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 4891 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 4892 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 4893 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4894 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
| 4895 || (compl_col > 0 | |
| 7 | 4896 && ( |
| 4897 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 449 | 4898 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
| 7 | 4899 #else |
| 449 | 4900 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
| 7 | 4901 #endif |
| 4902 ))) | |
| 4903 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
| 449 | 4904 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
| 4905 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
| 4906 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 7 | 4907 } |
| 449 | 4908 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
| 7 | 4909 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 449 | 4910 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
| 7 | 4911 #else |
| 449 | 4912 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
| 7 | 4913 #endif |
| 4914 ) | |
| 4915 { | |
| 4916 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
| 449 | 4917 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
| 4918 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4919 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4920 compl_col += curs_col; |
| 4921 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 4922 } |
| 4923 else | |
| 4924 { | |
| 4925 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4926 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
| 4927 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
| 4928 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4929 { | |
| 4930 int base_class; | |
| 4931 int head_off; | |
| 4932 | |
| 449 | 4933 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 4934 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
| 4935 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
| 7 | 4936 { |
| 449 | 4937 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 4938 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
| 4939 - head_off)) | |
| 7 | 4940 break; |
| 449 | 4941 startcol -= head_off; |
| 7 | 4942 } |
| 4943 } | |
| 4944 else | |
| 4945 #endif | |
| 449 | 4946 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 4947 ; |
| 449 | 4948 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 4949 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 4950 if (compl_length == 1) | |
| 7 | 4951 { |
| 4952 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
| 4953 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
| 4954 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
| 4955 */ | |
| 449 | 4956 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
| 4957 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4958 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4959 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 4960 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
| 4961 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
| 7 | 4962 } |
| 4963 else | |
| 4964 { | |
| 449 | 4965 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 4966 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 4967 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 4968 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4969 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 4970 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
| 4971 compl_length); | |
| 7 | 4972 } |
| 4973 } | |
| 4974 } | |
| 4975 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4976 { | |
| 835 | 4977 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 449 | 4978 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
| 4979 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
| 4980 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 4981 if (p_ic) |
| 449 | 4982 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
| 4983 NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 4984 else |
| 449 | 4985 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 4986 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4987 return FAIL; |
| 4988 } | |
| 4989 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
| 4990 { | |
| 449 | 4991 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 4992 ; |
| 449 | 4993 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 4994 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 4995 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
| 4996 EXPAND_FILES); | |
| 4997 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4998 return FAIL; |
| 4999 } | |
| 5000 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 5001 { | |
| 449 | 5002 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
| 5003 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5004 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5005 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 5006 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
| 5007 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
| 5008 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
| 935 | 5009 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
| 5010 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
| 897 | 5011 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 5012 else | |
| 935 | 5013 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
| 5014 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5015 } |
| 523 | 5016 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 502 | 5017 { |
| 12 | 5018 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 5019 /* | |
| 502 | 5020 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
| 5021 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
| 12 | 5022 */ |
| 502 | 5023 char_u *args[2]; |
| 452 | 5024 int col; |
| 502 | 5025 char_u *funcname; |
| 5026 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 5027 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 5028 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 502 | 5029 |
| 523 | 5030 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
| 502 | 5031 * string */ |
| 5032 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5033 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 5034 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 523 | 5035 { |
| 5036 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5037 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
| 12 | 5038 return FAIL; |
| 523 | 5039 } |
| 452 | 5040 |
| 5041 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
| 502 | 5042 args[1] = NULL; |
| 5043 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 5044 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 5045 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 502 | 5046 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); |
| 2631 | 5047 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 5048 { | |
| 5049 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 5050 return FAIL; | |
| 5051 } | |
| 502 | 5052 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 2631 | 5053 check_cursor(); |
| 5054 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
| 5055 { | |
| 5056 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 5057 return FAIL; | |
| 5058 } | |
| 502 | 5059 |
| 452 | 5060 if (col < 0) |
| 523 | 5061 col = curs_col; |
| 452 | 5062 compl_col = col; |
| 1872 | 5063 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
| 452 | 5064 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 449 | 5065 |
| 5066 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
| 5067 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
| 5068 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 452 | 5069 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
| 449 | 5070 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5071 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 502 | 5072 #endif |
| 449 | 5073 return FAIL; |
| 5074 } | |
| 477 | 5075 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
| 5076 { | |
| 744 | 5077 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 497 | 5078 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
| 5079 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
| 5080 else | |
| 5081 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
| 5082 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
| 897 | 5083 { |
| 5084 compl_length = 0; | |
| 5085 compl_col = curs_col; | |
| 5086 } | |
| 5087 else | |
| 5088 { | |
| 5089 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
| 5090 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 5091 } | |
| 818 | 5092 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
| 5093 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 477 | 5094 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5095 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 5096 #endif | |
| 5097 return FAIL; | |
| 5098 } | |
| 449 | 5099 else |
| 5100 { | |
| 5101 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
| 5102 return FAIL; | |
| 5103 } | |
| 5104 | |
| 5105 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5106 { |
| 5107 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
| 5108 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5109 { | |
| 5110 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
| 5111 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5112 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 5113 | |
| 5114 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5115 #endif | |
| 449 | 5116 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 5117 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5118 ins_eol('\r'); |
| 5119 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5120 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
| 5121 #endif | |
| 449 | 5122 compl_length = 0; |
| 5123 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 5124 } |
| 5125 } | |
| 5126 else | |
| 5127 { | |
| 5128 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 449 | 5129 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
| 5130 } | |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
| 5133 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
| 7 | 5134 else |
| 5135 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 5136 | |
| 694 | 5137 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
| 5138 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 449 | 5139 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5140 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 5141 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 449 | 5142 { |
| 5143 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 5144 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 5145 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 5146 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5147 return FAIL; |
| 5148 } | |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
| 5151 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
| 5152 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
| 5153 */ | |
| 5154 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
| 5155 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5156 showmode(); | |
| 5157 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 5158 out_flush(); | |
| 5159 } | |
| 5160 | |
| 449 | 5161 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
| 5162 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
| 7 | 5163 |
| 5164 /* | |
| 665 | 5165 * Find next match (and following matches). |
| 7 | 5166 */ |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5167 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
| 681 | 5168 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
| 449 | 5169 |
| 540 | 5170 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
| 5171 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 5172 | |
| 449 | 5173 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
| 5174 compl_matches = n; | |
| 5175 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 5176 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
| 857 | 5177 |
| 5178 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
| 5179 * mode. */ | |
| 7 | 5180 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
| 5181 { | |
| 5182 (void)vgetc(); | |
| 5183 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 5184 } | |
| 5185 | |
| 449 | 5186 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
| 464 | 5187 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
| 449 | 5188 { |
| 5189 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 5190 && compl_length > 1 | |
| 7 | 5191 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
| 5192 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
| 5193 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
| 5194 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
| 5195 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
| 5196 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 5197 if ( compl_length > 1 |
| 5198 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5199 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
| 5200 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
| 5201 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
| 449 | 5202 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 5203 } | |
| 5204 | |
| 464 | 5205 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 449 | 5206 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5207 else |
| 449 | 5208 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5209 |
| 5210 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
| 5211 { | |
| 464 | 5212 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 7 | 5213 { |
| 5214 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
| 5215 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
| 5216 } | |
| 449 | 5217 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 7 | 5218 { |
| 5219 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
| 5220 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5221 } | |
| 464 | 5222 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
| 7 | 5223 { |
| 5224 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
| 5225 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5226 } | |
| 5227 else | |
| 5228 { | |
| 5229 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
| 464 | 5230 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
| 7 | 5231 { |
| 464 | 5232 int number = 0; |
| 5233 compl_T *match; | |
| 7 | 5234 |
| 449 | 5235 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
| 7 | 5236 { |
| 5237 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
| 5238 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
| 5239 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5240 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
| 5241 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5242 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5243 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5244 { |
| 464 | 5245 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5246 break; |
| 5247 } | |
| 5248 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5249 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
| 5250 * yet */ | |
| 540 | 5251 for (match = match->cp_next; |
| 5252 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 464 | 5253 match = match->cp_next) |
| 5254 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5255 } |
| 5256 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 5257 { | |
| 5258 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
| 5259 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
| 5260 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5261 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
| 5262 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5263 match = match->cp_next) | |
| 5264 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5265 { |
| 464 | 5266 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5267 break; |
| 5268 } | |
| 5269 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5270 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
| 5271 * assigned yet */ | |
| 464 | 5272 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
| 5273 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 5274 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5275 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5276 } |
| 5277 } | |
| 5278 | |
| 540 | 5279 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
| 5280 * just a safety check. */ | |
| 464 | 5281 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
| 7 | 5282 { |
| 1063 | 5283 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
| 5284 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
| 5285 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
| 7 | 5286 |
| 449 | 5287 if (compl_matches > 0) |
| 1063 | 5288 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5289 _("match %d of %d"), | |
| 464 | 5290 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
| 7 | 5291 else |
| 1063 | 5292 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5293 _("match %d"), | |
| 5294 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
| 7 | 5295 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
| 5296 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
| 5297 if (dollar_vcol) | |
| 5298 curs_columns(FALSE); | |
| 5299 } | |
| 5300 } | |
| 5301 } | |
| 5302 | |
| 5303 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
| 5304 showmode(); | |
| 5305 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 5306 { | |
| 5307 if (!p_smd) | |
| 5308 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
| 5309 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
| 5310 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
| 5311 } | |
| 5312 else | |
| 5313 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
| 5314 | |
| 857 | 5315 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
| 5316 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
| 5317 { | |
| 5318 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
| 5319 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 5320 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5321 |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5322 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5323 setcursor(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5324 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5325 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5326 |
| 857 | 5327 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
| 5328 setcursor(); | |
| 5329 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
| 5330 } | |
| 874 | 5331 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
| 857 | 5332 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
| 540 | 5333 |
| 7 | 5334 return OK; |
| 5335 } | |
| 5336 | |
| 5337 /* | |
| 5338 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
| 5339 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
| 5340 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
| 5341 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
| 5342 */ | |
| 1872 | 5343 static unsigned |
| 7 | 5344 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
| 5345 char_u *dest; | |
| 5346 char_u *src; | |
| 5347 int len; | |
| 5348 { | |
| 1872 | 5349 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
| 5350 | |
| 5351 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
| 7 | 5352 { |
| 5353 switch (*src) | |
| 5354 { | |
| 5355 case '.': | |
| 5356 case '*': | |
| 5357 case '[': | |
| 5358 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5359 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5360 break; | |
| 5361 case '~': | |
| 5362 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
| 5363 break; | |
| 5364 case '\\': | |
| 5365 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5366 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5367 break; | |
| 5368 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
| 5369 case '$': | |
| 5370 m++; | |
| 5371 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5372 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
| 5373 break; | |
| 5374 } | |
| 5375 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5376 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 464 | 5377 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 5378 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
| 5379 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5380 { | |
| 5381 int i, mb_len; | |
| 5382 | |
| 474 | 5383 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
| 7 | 5384 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
| 5385 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
| 5386 { | |
| 5387 --len; | |
| 5388 ++src; | |
| 5389 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5390 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 5391 } | |
| 5392 } | |
| 464 | 5393 # endif |
| 7 | 5394 } |
| 5395 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5396 *dest = NUL; | |
| 5397 | |
| 5398 return m; | |
| 5399 } | |
| 5400 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 5401 | |
| 5402 /* | |
| 5403 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
| 5404 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
| 5405 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
| 5406 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
| 5407 */ | |
| 5408 int | |
| 5409 get_literal() | |
| 5410 { | |
| 5411 int cc; | |
| 5412 int nc; | |
| 5413 int i; | |
| 5414 int hex = FALSE; | |
| 5415 int octal = FALSE; | |
| 5416 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5417 int unicode = 0; | |
| 5418 #endif | |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 if (got_int) | |
| 5421 return Ctrl_C; | |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5424 /* | |
| 5425 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
| 5426 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
| 5427 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
| 5428 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
| 5429 */ | |
| 5430 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5431 ++allow_keys; | |
| 5432 #endif | |
| 5433 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5434 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 5435 #endif | |
| 5436 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 5437 cc = 0; | |
| 5438 i = 0; | |
| 5439 for (;;) | |
| 5440 { | |
| 1389 | 5441 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 5442 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 5443 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
| 5444 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5445 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
| 5446 # endif | |
| 5447 ) | |
| 5448 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
| 5449 #endif | |
| 5450 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
| 5451 hex = TRUE; | |
| 5452 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
| 5453 octal = TRUE; | |
| 5454 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5455 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
| 5456 unicode = nc; | |
| 5457 #endif | |
| 5458 else | |
| 5459 { | |
| 5460 if (hex | |
| 5461 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5462 || unicode != 0 | |
| 5463 #endif | |
| 5464 ) | |
| 5465 { | |
| 5466 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
| 5467 break; | |
| 5468 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
| 5469 } | |
| 5470 else if (octal) | |
| 5471 { | |
| 5472 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
| 5473 break; | |
| 5474 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5475 } | |
| 5476 else | |
| 5477 { | |
| 5478 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
| 5479 break; | |
| 5480 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5481 } | |
| 5482 | |
| 5483 ++i; | |
| 5484 } | |
| 5485 | |
| 5486 if (cc > 255 | |
| 5487 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5488 && unicode == 0 | |
| 5489 #endif | |
| 5490 ) | |
| 5491 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
| 5492 nc = 0; | |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
| 5495 { | |
| 5496 if (i >= 2) | |
| 5497 break; | |
| 5498 } | |
| 5499 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5500 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
| 5501 { | |
| 5502 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
| 5503 break; | |
| 5504 } | |
| 5505 #endif | |
| 5506 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
| 5507 break; | |
| 5508 } | |
| 5509 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
| 5510 { | |
| 5511 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5512 { | |
| 5513 cc = '\n'; | |
| 5514 nc = 0; | |
| 5515 } | |
| 5516 else | |
| 5517 { | |
| 5518 cc = nc; | |
| 5519 nc = 0; | |
| 5520 } | |
| 5521 } | |
| 5522 | |
| 5523 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5524 cc = '\n'; | |
| 221 | 5525 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5526 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
| 5527 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
| 5528 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
| 5529 #endif | |
| 7 | 5530 |
| 5531 --no_mapping; | |
| 5532 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5533 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5534 --allow_keys; | |
| 5535 #endif | |
| 5536 if (nc) | |
| 5537 vungetc(nc); | |
| 5538 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
| 5539 return cc; | |
| 5540 } | |
| 5541 | |
| 5542 /* | |
| 5543 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
| 5544 */ | |
| 5545 static void | |
| 5546 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
| 5547 int c; | |
| 5548 int allow_modmask; | |
| 5549 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
| 5550 { | |
| 5551 char_u *p; | |
| 5552 int len; | |
| 5553 | |
| 5554 /* | |
| 5555 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
| 5556 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
| 5557 * mode. | |
| 5558 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
| 5559 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
| 5560 */ | |
| 5561 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 5562 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
| 5563 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
| 5564 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
| 5565 #endif | |
| 5566 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
| 5567 { | |
| 5568 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
| 5569 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 5570 c = p[len - 1]; | |
| 5571 if (len > 2) | |
| 5572 { | |
| 5573 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 5574 return; | |
| 5575 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 5576 ins_str(p); | |
| 620 | 5577 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
| 7 | 5578 ctrlv = FALSE; |
| 5579 } | |
| 5580 } | |
| 5581 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 5582 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
| 5583 } | |
| 5584 | |
| 5585 /* | |
| 5586 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
| 5587 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
| 5588 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
| 5589 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
| 5590 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
| 5591 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
| 5592 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
| 5593 */ | |
| 5594 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 5595 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5596 #else | |
| 5597 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5598 #endif | |
| 5599 | |
| 5600 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5601 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
| 5602 #else | |
| 5603 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
| 5604 #endif | |
| 5605 | |
| 5606 void | |
| 5607 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
| 5608 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
| 5609 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
| 5610 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
| 5611 { | |
| 5612 int textwidth; | |
| 5613 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5614 char_u *p; | |
| 667 | 5615 #endif |
| 7 | 5616 int fo_ins_blank; |
| 5617 | |
| 5618 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
| 5619 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 5620 | |
| 5621 /* | |
| 5622 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
| 5623 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
| 5624 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
| 5625 * ends in white space. | |
| 5626 * - Otherwise: | |
| 5627 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
| 5628 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
| 5629 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
| 5630 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
| 5631 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
| 5632 * before the insert. | |
| 5633 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
| 5634 * before 'textwidth' | |
| 5635 */ | |
| 667 | 5636 if (textwidth > 0 |
| 7 | 5637 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 5638 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
| 5639 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5640 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5641 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5642 #endif | |
| 5643 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 5644 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5645 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
| 5646 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5647 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
| 5648 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
| 5649 )))))) | |
| 5650 { | |
| 667 | 5651 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
| 5652 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
| 5653 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
| 1000 | 5654 int do_internal = TRUE; |
| 5655 | |
| 1563 | 5656 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
| 1000 | 5657 { |
| 5658 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
| 5659 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
| 5660 * was called. */ | |
| 5661 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 5662 } | |
| 5663 if (do_internal) | |
| 667 | 5664 #endif |
| 2004 | 5665 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
| 667 | 5666 } |
| 5667 | |
| 7 | 5668 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
| 5669 return; | |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5672 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
| 5673 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5674 { | |
| 5675 char_u *line; | |
| 5676 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 5677 int middle_len, end_len; | |
| 5678 int i; | |
| 5679 | |
| 5680 /* | |
| 5681 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
| 5682 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
| 5683 */ | |
| 5684 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE); | |
| 5685 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ | |
| 5686 { | |
| 5687 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
| 5688 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 5689 ++p; | |
| 5690 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5691 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
| 5692 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
| 5693 --middle_len; | |
| 5694 | |
| 5695 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
| 5696 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 5697 ++p; | |
| 5698 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
| 5701 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5702 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
| 5703 ; | |
| 5704 i++; | |
| 5705 | |
| 5706 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
| 5707 i -= middle_len; | |
| 5708 | |
| 5709 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
| 5710 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5711 { | |
| 5712 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
| 5713 backspace_until_column(i); | |
| 5714 | |
| 5715 /* | |
| 5716 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
| 5717 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
| 5718 */ | |
| 5719 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
| 5720 } | |
| 5721 } | |
| 5722 } | |
| 5723 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 5724 #endif | |
| 5725 | |
| 5726 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 5727 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 5728 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 5729 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 5730 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 5731 #endif | |
| 5732 | |
| 5733 /* | |
| 5734 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
| 5735 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
| 5736 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
| 5737 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
| 5738 * 'paste' is set).. | |
| 5739 */ | |
| 5740 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5741 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 5742 #endif | |
| 5743 | |
| 5744 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5745 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5746 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
| 5747 #endif | |
| 5748 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
| 5749 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5750 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 5751 && !cindent_on() | |
| 5752 #endif | |
| 5753 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5754 && !p_ri | |
| 5755 #endif | |
| 5756 ) | |
| 5757 { | |
| 5758 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
| 5759 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
| 5760 int i; | |
| 5761 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
| 5762 | |
| 5763 buf[0] = c; | |
| 5764 i = 1; | |
| 667 | 5765 if (textwidth > 0) |
| 7 | 5766 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
| 5767 /* | |
| 5768 * Stop the string when: | |
| 5769 * - no more chars available | |
| 5770 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
| 5771 * - buffer is full | |
| 5772 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
| 5773 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
| 5774 */ | |
| 5775 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
| 5776 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5777 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5778 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
| 5779 #endif | |
| 5780 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
| 5781 && (textwidth == 0 | |
| 5782 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5783 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
| 5784 { | |
| 5785 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5786 c = vgetc(); | |
| 5787 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5788 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 5789 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 5790 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5791 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 5792 # endif | |
| 5793 buf[i++] = c; | |
| 5794 #else | |
| 5795 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
| 5796 #endif | |
| 5797 } | |
| 5798 | |
| 5799 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 5800 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 5801 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
| 5802 #endif | |
| 5803 buf[i] = NUL; | |
| 5804 ins_str(buf); | |
| 5805 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 5806 { | |
| 5807 redo_literal(*buf); | |
| 5808 i = 1; | |
| 5809 } | |
| 5810 else | |
| 5811 i = 0; | |
| 5812 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
| 620 | 5813 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
| 7 | 5814 } |
| 5815 else | |
| 5816 { | |
| 5817 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 667 | 5818 int cc; |
| 5819 | |
| 7 | 5820 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
| 5821 { | |
| 5822 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 5823 | |
| 5824 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 5825 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 5826 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 5827 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 5828 } | |
| 5829 else | |
| 5830 #endif | |
| 5831 { | |
| 5832 ins_char(c); | |
| 5833 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 5834 redo_literal(c); | |
| 5835 else | |
| 5836 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 5837 } | |
| 5838 } | |
| 5839 } | |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 /* | |
| 667 | 5842 * Format text at the current insert position. |
| 5843 */ | |
| 5844 static void | |
| 2004 | 5845 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
| 667 | 5846 int textwidth; |
| 5847 int second_indent; | |
| 5848 int flags; | |
| 5849 int format_only; | |
| 2004 | 5850 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
| 667 | 5851 { |
| 5852 int cc; | |
| 5853 int save_char = NUL; | |
| 5854 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 5855 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 5856 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5857 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
| 5858 #endif | |
| 5859 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
| 5860 int first_line = TRUE; | |
| 5861 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5862 colnr_T leader_len; | |
| 5863 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
| 5864 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
| 5865 #endif | |
| 5866 | |
| 5867 /* | |
| 5868 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
| 5869 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
| 5870 */ | |
| 2004 | 5871 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
| 5872 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5873 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5874 #endif | |
| 5875 ) | |
| 667 | 5876 { |
| 5877 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5878 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 5879 { | |
| 5880 save_char = cc; | |
| 5881 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
| 5882 } | |
| 5883 } | |
| 5884 | |
| 5885 /* | |
| 5886 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
| 5887 */ | |
| 5888 while (!got_int) | |
| 5889 { | |
| 5890 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
| 5891 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
| 5892 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
| 5893 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
| 5894 colnr_T len; | |
| 5895 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 5896 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5897 int orig_col = 0; | |
| 5898 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
| 5899 #endif | |
| 5900 colnr_T col; | |
| 2004 | 5901 colnr_T end_col; |
| 5902 | |
| 5903 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 5904 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
| 5905 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 667 | 5906 break; |
| 5907 | |
| 5908 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5909 if (no_leader) | |
| 5910 do_comments = FALSE; | |
| 5911 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 5912 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
| 5913 do_comments = TRUE; | |
| 5914 | |
| 5915 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 5916 if (do_comments) | |
| 5917 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE); | |
| 5918 else | |
| 5919 leader_len = 0; | |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
| 5922 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
| 5923 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
| 5924 * to start with %. */ | |
| 5925 if (leader_len == 0) | |
| 5926 no_leader = TRUE; | |
| 5927 #endif | |
| 5928 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 5929 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5930 && leader_len == 0 | |
| 5931 #endif | |
| 5932 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
| 5933 | |
| 5934 break; | |
| 5935 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
| 5936 break; | |
| 5937 | |
| 5938 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
| 5939 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
| 5940 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5941 | |
| 2004 | 5942 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
| 667 | 5943 foundcol = 0; |
| 5944 | |
| 5945 /* | |
| 5946 * Find position to break at. | |
| 5947 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
| 5948 */ | |
| 5949 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
| 5950 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5951 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 5952 { | |
| 2004 | 5953 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
| 5954 cc = c; | |
| 5955 else | |
| 5956 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 667 | 5957 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 5958 { | |
| 5959 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
| 2004 | 5960 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 667 | 5961 |
| 5962 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
| 5963 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 5964 { | |
| 5965 dec_cursor(); | |
| 5966 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5967 } | |
| 5968 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 5969 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
| 5970 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5971 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 5972 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 5973 break; | |
| 5974 #endif | |
| 5975 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 5976 { | |
| 5977 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
| 5978 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 5979 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
| 2004 | 5980 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 5981 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
| 5982 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
| 5983 break; | |
| 5984 #endif | |
| 667 | 5985 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 5986 dec_cursor(); | |
| 5987 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5988 | |
| 5989 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 5990 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
| 5991 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 5992 } | |
| 2004 | 5993 |
| 5994 inc_cursor(); | |
| 5995 | |
| 5996 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
| 5997 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5998 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 667 | 5999 break; |
| 6000 } | |
| 6001 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2004 | 6002 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
| 667 | 6003 { |
| 6004 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
| 2004 | 6005 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
| 6006 { | |
| 6007 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6008 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6009 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6010 break; | |
| 6011 #endif | |
| 6012 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6013 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6014 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
| 6015 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 6016 { | |
| 6017 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6018 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 6019 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 6020 break; | |
| 6021 } | |
| 6022 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6023 } | |
| 6024 | |
| 6025 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6026 break; | |
| 6027 | |
| 6028 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6029 | |
| 6030 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6031 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6032 | |
| 6033 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6034 continue; /* break with space */ | |
| 6035 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6036 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6037 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6038 break; | |
| 6039 #endif | |
| 6040 | |
| 6041 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6042 | |
| 667 | 6043 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6044 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6045 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
| 6046 break; | |
| 667 | 6047 } |
| 6048 #endif | |
| 6049 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6050 break; | |
| 6051 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6052 } | |
| 6053 | |
| 6054 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
| 6055 { | |
| 6056 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
| 6057 break; | |
| 6058 } | |
| 6059 | |
| 6060 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
| 6061 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 6062 | |
| 6063 /* | |
| 6064 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
| 6065 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
| 6066 * over the text instead. | |
| 6067 */ | |
| 6068 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6069 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6070 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
| 6071 else | |
| 6072 #endif | |
| 2004 | 6073 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
| 667 | 6074 |
| 6075 /* | |
| 6076 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
| 6077 * characters that will remain on top line | |
| 6078 */ | |
| 6079 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6080 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6081 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
| 667 | 6082 inc_cursor(); |
| 6083 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6084 if (startcol < 0) | |
| 6085 startcol = 0; | |
| 6086 | |
| 6087 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6088 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6089 { | |
| 6090 /* | |
| 6091 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
| 6092 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
| 6093 */ | |
| 6094 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 6095 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 6096 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
| 6097 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
| 6098 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
| 6101 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6102 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
| 6103 } | |
| 6104 else | |
| 6105 #endif | |
| 6106 { | |
| 6107 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
| 6108 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6109 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 6110 } | |
| 6111 | |
| 6112 /* | |
| 6113 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
| 6114 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
| 6115 */ | |
| 6116 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
| 6117 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
| 6118 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6119 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
| 6120 #endif | |
| 6121 , old_indent); | |
| 6122 old_indent = 0; | |
| 6123 | |
| 6124 replace_offset = 0; | |
| 6125 if (first_line) | |
| 6126 { | |
| 6127 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
| 6128 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); | |
| 6129 if (second_indent >= 0) | |
| 6130 { | |
| 6131 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6132 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 6133 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 667 | 6134 else |
| 6135 #endif | |
| 6136 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 6137 } | |
| 6138 first_line = FALSE; | |
| 6139 } | |
| 6140 | |
| 6141 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6142 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6143 { | |
| 6144 /* | |
| 6145 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
| 6146 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
| 6147 */ | |
| 6148 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
| 6149 vim_free(saved_text); | |
| 6150 } | |
| 6151 else | |
| 6152 #endif | |
| 6153 { | |
| 6154 /* | |
| 6155 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
| 6156 * may have added or removed indent. | |
| 6157 */ | |
| 6158 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
| 6159 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 6160 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
| 6161 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
| 6162 } | |
| 6163 | |
| 6164 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 6165 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 6166 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 6167 #endif | |
| 6168 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
| 6169 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6170 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6171 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6172 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6173 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6174 #endif | |
| 6175 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 6176 } | |
| 6177 | |
| 6178 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
| 6179 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
| 6180 | |
| 6181 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
| 6182 { | |
| 6183 update_topline(); | |
| 6184 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
| 6185 } | |
| 6186 } | |
| 6187 | |
| 6188 /* | |
| 7 | 6189 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
| 6190 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
| 6191 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
| 6192 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
| 6193 * saved here. | |
| 6194 */ | |
| 6195 void | |
| 6196 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
| 6197 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
| 6198 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
| 6199 { | |
| 6200 pos_T pos; | |
| 6201 colnr_T len; | |
| 6202 char_u *old; | |
| 6203 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
| 6204 int wasatend; | |
| 301 | 6205 int cc; |
| 7 | 6206 |
| 6207 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
| 6208 return; | |
| 6209 | |
| 6210 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6211 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6212 | |
| 6213 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6214 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6215 | |
| 6216 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
| 6217 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
| 6218 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
| 6219 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
| 6220 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
| 1872 | 6221 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
| 7 | 6222 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
| 6223 { | |
| 6224 dec_cursor(); | |
| 301 | 6225 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6226 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 6227 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 7 | 6228 dec_cursor(); |
| 301 | 6229 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6230 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6231 { |
| 6232 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6233 return; | |
| 6234 } | |
| 6235 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6236 } | |
| 6237 | |
| 6238 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6239 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
| 6240 * comments. */ | |
| 6241 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
| 6242 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0) | |
| 6243 return; | |
| 6244 #endif | |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 /* | |
| 6247 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
| 6248 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
| 6249 * the start of a paragraph. | |
| 6250 */ | |
| 6251 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 6252 { | |
| 6253 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6254 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 6255 return; | |
| 6256 } | |
| 6257 | |
| 6258 /* | |
| 6259 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
| 6260 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
| 6261 */ | |
| 6262 saved_cursor = pos; | |
| 1563 | 6263 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6264 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
| 6265 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
| 6266 | |
| 6267 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6268 { | |
| 6269 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
| 6270 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6271 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 6272 } | |
| 6273 else | |
| 6274 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 6275 | |
| 6276 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
| 6277 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
| 6278 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
| 6279 * formatted. */ | |
| 6280 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 6281 { | |
| 6282 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 6283 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
| 7 | 6284 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
| 6285 { | |
| 6286 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
| 6287 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
| 6288 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
| 6289 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
| 6290 /* remove the space later */ | |
| 6291 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
| 6292 } | |
| 6293 else | |
| 6294 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6295 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6296 } | |
| 6297 | |
| 6298 check_cursor(); | |
| 6299 } | |
| 6300 | |
| 6301 /* | |
| 6302 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
| 6303 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
| 6304 * position. | |
| 6305 */ | |
| 6306 static void | |
| 6307 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
| 6308 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
| 6309 { | |
| 6310 int c = ' '; | |
| 301 | 6311 int cc; |
| 7 | 6312 |
| 6313 if (did_add_space) | |
| 6314 { | |
| 301 | 6315 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6316 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6317 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
| 6318 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6319 else | |
| 6320 { | |
| 6321 if (!end_insert) | |
| 6322 { | |
| 6323 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6324 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6325 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6326 } | |
| 6327 if (c != NUL) | |
| 6328 { | |
| 6329 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
| 6330 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 6331 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6332 } | |
| 6333 } | |
| 6334 } | |
| 6335 } | |
| 6336 | |
| 6337 /* | |
| 6338 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
| 6339 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
| 6340 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
| 6341 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
| 6342 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
| 6343 */ | |
| 6344 int | |
| 6345 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
| 867 | 6346 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
| 7 | 6347 { |
| 6348 int textwidth; | |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 6351 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
| 6352 { | |
| 6353 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
| 6354 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
| 6355 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
| 6356 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 6357 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 6358 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6359 #endif | |
| 6360 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6361 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
| 6362 #endif | |
| 6363 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 6364 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 6365 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 6366 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 6367 # endif |
| 6368 ) | |
| 6369 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6370 #endif | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6371 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 6372 textwidth -= 8; |
| 6373 } | |
| 6374 if (textwidth < 0) | |
| 6375 textwidth = 0; | |
| 6376 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
| 6377 { | |
| 6378 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
| 6379 if (textwidth > 79) | |
| 6380 textwidth = 79; | |
| 6381 } | |
| 6382 return textwidth; | |
| 6383 } | |
| 6384 | |
| 6385 /* | |
| 6386 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
| 6387 */ | |
| 6388 static void | |
| 6389 redo_literal(c) | |
| 6390 int c; | |
| 6391 { | |
| 6392 char_u buf[10]; | |
| 6393 | |
| 6394 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
| 6395 * three digits. */ | |
| 6396 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 6397 { | |
| 1872 | 6398 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
| 7 | 6399 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
| 6400 } | |
| 6401 else | |
| 6402 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6403 } | |
| 6404 | |
| 6405 /* | |
| 6406 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
| 484 | 6407 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
| 7 | 6408 */ |
| 6409 static void | |
| 6410 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
| 840 | 6411 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
| 7 | 6412 { |
| 6413 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
| 6414 { | |
| 6415 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
| 6416 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); | |
| 6417 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ | |
| 6418 } | |
| 744 | 6419 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6420 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 6421 #endif | |
| 7 | 6422 } |
| 6423 | |
| 744 | 6424 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6425 /* |
| 6426 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
| 6427 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
| 6428 */ | |
| 6429 static void | |
| 6430 check_spell_redraw() | |
| 6431 { | |
| 6432 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
| 6433 { | |
| 6434 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
| 6435 | |
| 6436 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
| 6437 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
| 6438 } | |
| 6439 } | |
| 484 | 6440 |
| 6441 /* | |
| 6442 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
| 6443 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
| 6444 */ | |
| 6445 static void | |
| 6446 spell_back_to_badword() | |
| 6447 { | |
| 6448 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6449 | |
| 499 | 6450 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
| 484 | 6451 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
| 6452 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 6453 } | |
| 221 | 6454 #endif |
| 6455 | |
| 7 | 6456 /* |
| 6457 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
| 6458 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
| 6459 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
| 6460 */ | |
| 6461 int | |
| 6462 stop_arrow() | |
| 6463 { | |
| 6464 if (arrow_used) | |
| 6465 { | |
| 6466 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6467 { | |
| 6468 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 6469 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6470 } | |
| 6471 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
| 1869 | 6472 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 6473 ai_col = 0; |
| 6474 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6475 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6476 { | |
| 6477 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6478 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 6479 } | |
| 6480 #endif | |
| 6481 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 6482 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
| 613 | 6483 new_insert_skip = 2; |
| 7 | 6484 } |
| 6485 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
| 6486 { | |
| 6487 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6488 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6489 } | |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6492 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
| 6493 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 6494 #endif | |
| 6495 | |
| 6496 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
| 6497 } | |
| 6498 | |
| 6499 /* | |
| 840 | 6500 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
| 6501 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
| 6502 * to another window/buffer. | |
| 7 | 6503 */ |
| 6504 static void | |
| 6505 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) | |
| 840 | 6506 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
| 603 | 6507 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
| 7 | 6508 { |
| 603 | 6509 int cc; |
| 6510 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7 | 6511 |
| 6512 stop_redo_ins(); | |
| 6513 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
| 6514 | |
| 6515 /* | |
| 603 | 6516 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
| 6517 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
| 6518 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
| 7 | 6519 */ |
| 603 | 6520 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 615 | 6521 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
| 6522 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
| 603 | 6523 { |
| 6524 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6525 last_insert = ptr; | |
| 6526 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
| 6527 } | |
| 6528 else | |
| 6529 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6530 |
| 840 | 6531 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
| 7 | 6532 { |
| 6533 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
| 6534 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
| 6535 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
| 6536 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
| 10 | 6537 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
| 7 | 6538 { |
| 10 | 6539 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6540 | |
| 7 | 6541 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
| 6542 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
| 6543 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
| 6544 cc = 'x'; | |
| 6545 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 6546 { | |
| 6547 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6548 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6549 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 10 | 6550 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
| 7 | 6551 } |
| 6552 | |
| 6553 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 6554 | |
| 10 | 6555 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
| 6556 { | |
| 6557 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 6558 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6559 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6560 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
| 6561 * the "coladd". */ | |
| 6562 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 6563 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
| 6564 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
| 6565 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
| 6566 #endif | |
| 6567 } | |
| 7 | 6568 } |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
| 6571 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
| 6572 | |
| 6573 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
| 10 | 6574 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
| 1892 | 6575 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
| 6576 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
| 6577 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
| 10 | 6578 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
| 1892 | 6579 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
| 6580 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7 | 6581 { |
| 10 | 6582 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6583 | |
| 6584 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 1892 | 6585 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
| 786 | 6586 for (;;) |
| 6587 { | |
| 6588 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 6589 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6590 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6591 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6592 break; | |
| 1892 | 6593 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 6594 break; /* should not happen */ | |
| 786 | 6595 } |
| 10 | 6596 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
| 6597 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
| 6598 else if (cc != NUL) | |
| 7 | 6599 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
| 6600 | |
| 6601 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 6602 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
| 6603 * deleted characters. */ | |
| 6604 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6605 { | |
| 1872 | 6606 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
| 6607 | |
| 6608 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
| 7 | 6609 { |
| 1872 | 6610 VIsual.col = len; |
| 7 | 6611 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 6612 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
| 6613 # endif | |
| 6614 } | |
| 6615 } | |
| 6616 #endif | |
| 6617 } | |
| 6618 } | |
| 6619 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6620 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6621 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6622 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6623 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6624 #endif | |
| 6625 | |
| 840 | 6626 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
| 6627 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
| 6628 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
| 6629 { | |
| 6630 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
| 6631 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 6632 } | |
| 7 | 6633 } |
| 6634 | |
| 6635 /* | |
| 6636 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
| 6637 * Used for the replace command. | |
| 6638 */ | |
| 6639 void | |
| 6640 set_last_insert(c) | |
| 6641 int c; | |
| 6642 { | |
| 6643 char_u *s; | |
| 6644 | |
| 6645 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6646 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6647 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
| 6648 #else | |
| 6649 last_insert = alloc(6); | |
| 6650 #endif | |
| 6651 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
| 6652 { | |
| 6653 s = last_insert; | |
| 6654 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
| 6655 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
| 6656 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
| 6657 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
| 6658 *s++ = ESC; | |
| 6659 *s++ = NUL; | |
| 6660 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 6661 } | |
| 6662 } | |
| 6663 | |
| 359 | 6664 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 6665 void | |
| 6666 free_last_insert() | |
| 6667 { | |
| 6668 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6669 last_insert = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6670 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 694 | 6671 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 6672 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6673 # endif |
| 359 | 6674 } |
| 6675 #endif | |
| 6676 | |
| 7 | 6677 /* |
| 6678 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
| 6679 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
| 6680 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
| 6681 */ | |
| 6682 char_u * | |
| 6683 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
| 6684 int c; | |
| 6685 char_u *s; | |
| 6686 { | |
| 6687 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6688 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
| 6689 int i; | |
| 6690 int len; | |
| 6691 | |
| 6692 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
| 6693 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 6694 { | |
| 6695 c = temp[i]; | |
| 6696 #endif | |
| 6697 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
| 6698 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 6699 { | |
| 6700 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 6701 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
| 6702 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
| 6703 } | |
| 6704 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6705 else if (c == CSI) | |
| 6706 { | |
| 6707 *s++ = CSI; | |
| 6708 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 6709 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 6710 } | |
| 6711 #endif | |
| 6712 else | |
| 6713 *s++ = c; | |
| 6714 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6715 } | |
| 6716 #endif | |
| 6717 return s; | |
| 6718 } | |
| 6719 | |
| 6720 /* | |
| 6721 * move cursor to start of line | |
| 6722 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
| 6723 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
| 6724 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
| 6725 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
| 6726 */ | |
| 6727 void | |
| 6728 beginline(flags) | |
| 6729 int flags; | |
| 6730 { | |
| 6731 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
| 6732 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6733 else | |
| 6734 { | |
| 6735 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6736 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6737 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 6738 #endif | |
| 6739 | |
| 6740 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
| 6741 { | |
| 6742 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6743 | |
| 6744 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
| 6745 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
| 6746 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6747 } | |
| 6748 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6749 } | |
| 6750 } | |
| 6751 | |
| 6752 /* | |
| 6753 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
| 6754 * | |
| 6755 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
| 773 | 6756 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
| 7 | 6757 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
| 6758 */ | |
| 6759 | |
| 6760 int | |
| 6761 oneright() | |
| 6762 { | |
| 6763 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6764 int l; | |
| 6765 | |
| 6766 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6767 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6768 { | |
| 6769 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6770 | |
| 6771 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
| 6772 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 6773 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 773 | 6774 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 6775 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
| 773 | 6776 # else |
| 7 | 6777 *ptr |
| 773 | 6778 # endif |
| 7 | 6779 )) |
| 6780 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
| 6781 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6782 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
| 6783 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 6784 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 6785 } | |
| 6786 #endif | |
| 6787 | |
| 6788 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 773 | 6789 if (*ptr == NUL) |
| 6790 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
| 6791 | |
| 7 | 6792 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 773 | 6793 if (has_mbyte) |
| 6794 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6795 else |
| 6796 #endif | |
| 773 | 6797 l = 1; |
| 6798 | |
| 6799 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
| 6800 * contains "onemore". */ | |
| 6801 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
| 6802 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6803 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 6804 #endif | |
| 6805 ) | |
| 6806 return FAIL; | |
| 6807 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 7 | 6808 |
| 6809 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6810 return OK; | |
| 6811 } | |
| 6812 | |
| 6813 int | |
| 6814 oneleft() | |
| 6815 { | |
| 6816 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6817 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6818 { | |
| 6819 int width; | |
| 6820 int v = getviscol(); | |
| 6821 | |
| 6822 if (v == 0) | |
| 6823 return FAIL; | |
| 6824 | |
| 6825 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 6826 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
| 6827 width = 1; | |
| 6828 for (;;) | |
| 6829 { | |
| 6830 coladvance(v - width); | |
| 6831 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
| 6832 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
| 6833 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
| 6834 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6835 && !has_mbyte | |
| 6836 # endif | |
| 6837 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
| 6838 break; | |
| 6839 ++width; | |
| 6840 } | |
| 6841 # else | |
| 6842 coladvance(v - 1); | |
| 6843 # endif | |
| 6844 | |
| 6845 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
| 6846 { | |
| 6847 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6848 | |
| 6849 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
| 6850 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 6851 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 6852 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6853 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
| 6854 # else | |
| 6855 *ptr | |
| 6856 # endif | |
| 6857 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
| 6858 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 6859 } | |
| 6860 | |
| 6861 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6862 return OK; | |
| 6863 } | |
| 6864 #endif | |
| 6865 | |
| 6866 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6867 return FAIL; | |
| 6868 | |
| 6869 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6870 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6871 | |
| 6872 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6873 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
| 6874 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
| 6875 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6876 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 6877 #endif | |
| 6878 return OK; | |
| 6879 } | |
| 6880 | |
| 6881 int | |
| 6882 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
| 6883 long n; | |
| 6884 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 6885 { | |
| 6886 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6887 | |
| 6888 if (n > 0) | |
| 6889 { | |
| 6890 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 161 | 6891 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
| 6892 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 6893 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 6894 return FAIL; |
| 6895 if (n >= lnum) | |
| 6896 lnum = 1; | |
| 6897 else | |
| 6898 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6899 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 6900 { | |
| 6901 /* | |
| 6902 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
| 6903 */ | |
| 6904 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ | |
| 6905 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 6906 | |
| 6907 while (n--) | |
| 6908 { | |
| 6909 /* move up one line */ | |
| 6910 --lnum; | |
| 6911 if (lnum <= 1) | |
| 6912 break; | |
| 6913 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
| 6914 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
| 6915 * in a moment. */ | |
| 6916 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
| 6917 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 6918 } | |
| 6919 if (lnum < 1) | |
| 6920 lnum = 1; | |
| 6921 } | |
| 6922 else | |
| 6923 #endif | |
| 6924 lnum -= n; | |
| 6925 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6926 } | |
| 6927 | |
| 6928 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 6929 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6930 | |
| 6931 if (upd_topline) | |
| 6932 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 6933 | |
| 6934 return OK; | |
| 6935 } | |
| 6936 | |
| 6937 /* | |
| 6938 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
| 6939 */ | |
| 6940 int | |
| 6941 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
| 6942 long n; | |
| 6943 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 6944 { | |
| 6945 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6946 | |
| 6947 if (n > 0) | |
| 6948 { | |
| 6949 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6950 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6951 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
| 6952 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
| 6953 #endif | |
| 161 | 6954 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
| 6955 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 6956 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 6957 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 6958 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 6959 return FAIL; |
| 6960 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6961 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6962 else | |
| 6963 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6964 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 6965 { | |
| 6966 linenr_T last; | |
| 6967 | |
| 6968 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
| 6969 while (n--) | |
| 6970 { | |
| 6971 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
| 6972 lnum = last + 1; | |
| 6973 else | |
| 6974 ++lnum; | |
| 6975 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6976 break; | |
| 6977 } | |
| 6978 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6979 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6980 } | |
| 6981 else | |
| 6982 #endif | |
| 6983 lnum += n; | |
| 6984 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6985 } | |
| 6986 | |
| 6987 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 6988 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6989 | |
| 6990 if (upd_topline) | |
| 6991 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 6992 | |
| 6993 return OK; | |
| 6994 } | |
| 6995 | |
| 6996 /* | |
| 6997 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
| 6998 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
| 6999 * first have to remove the command. | |
| 7000 */ | |
| 7001 int | |
| 7002 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
| 7003 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
| 7004 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
| 7005 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
| 7006 { | |
| 7007 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
| 7008 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7009 char_u *last_ptr; | |
| 7010 char_u last = NUL; | |
| 7011 | |
| 7012 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
| 7013 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 7014 { | |
| 7015 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
| 7016 return FAIL; | |
| 7017 } | |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
| 7020 if (c != NUL) | |
| 7021 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 7022 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
| 7023 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
| 7024 | |
| 7025 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
| 7026 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
| 7027 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
| 7028 */ | |
| 7029 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
| 7030 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
| 7031 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
| 7032 { | |
| 7033 last = *last_ptr; | |
| 7034 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
| 7035 } | |
| 7036 | |
| 7037 do | |
| 7038 { | |
| 7039 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
| 7040 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
| 7041 if (last) | |
| 7042 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
| 7043 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
| 7044 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
| 7045 } | |
| 7046 while (--count > 0); | |
| 7047 | |
| 7048 if (last) | |
| 7049 *last_ptr = last; | |
| 7050 | |
| 7051 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
| 7052 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
| 7053 | |
| 7054 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
| 7055 if (!no_esc) | |
| 7056 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
| 7057 | |
| 7058 return OK; | |
| 7059 } | |
| 7060 | |
| 7061 char_u * | |
| 7062 get_last_insert() | |
| 7063 { | |
| 7064 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7065 return NULL; | |
| 7066 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
| 7067 } | |
| 7068 | |
| 7069 /* | |
| 7070 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
| 7071 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
| 7072 */ | |
| 7073 char_u * | |
| 7074 get_last_insert_save() | |
| 7075 { | |
| 7076 char_u *s; | |
| 7077 int len; | |
| 7078 | |
| 7079 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7080 return NULL; | |
| 7081 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
| 7082 if (s != NULL) | |
| 7083 { | |
| 7084 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 7085 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
| 7086 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 7087 } | |
| 7088 return s; | |
| 7089 } | |
| 7090 | |
| 7091 /* | |
| 7092 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
| 7093 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
| 7094 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
| 7095 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
| 7096 */ | |
| 7097 static int | |
| 7098 echeck_abbr(c) | |
| 7099 int c; | |
| 7100 { | |
| 7101 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
| 7102 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
| 7103 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
| 7104 return FALSE; | |
| 7105 | |
| 7106 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 7107 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
| 7108 } | |
| 7109 | |
| 7110 /* | |
| 7111 * replace-stack functions | |
| 7112 * | |
| 7113 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
| 7114 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
| 7115 * | |
| 7116 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
| 7117 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
| 7118 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
| 7119 * | |
| 7120 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
| 7121 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
| 7122 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
| 7123 * | |
| 7124 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
| 7125 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
| 7126 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
| 7127 */ | |
| 7128 | |
| 298 | 7129 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
| 7130 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
| 7131 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
| 7 | 7132 |
| 7133 void | |
| 7134 replace_push(c) | |
| 7135 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
| 7136 { | |
| 7137 char_u *p; | |
| 7138 | |
| 7139 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7140 return; | |
| 7141 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
| 7142 { | |
| 7143 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
| 7144 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
| 7145 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7146 { | |
| 7147 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
| 7148 return; | |
| 7149 } | |
| 7150 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
| 7151 { | |
| 7152 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
| 7153 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7154 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7155 } | |
| 7156 replace_stack = p; | |
| 7157 } | |
| 7158 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
| 7159 if (replace_offset) | |
| 7160 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7161 *p = c; | |
| 7162 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7163 } | |
| 7164 | |
| 1470 | 7165 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7166 /* | |
| 7167 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
| 7168 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
| 7169 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
| 7170 */ | |
| 7171 int | |
| 7172 replace_push_mb(p) | |
| 7173 char_u *p; | |
| 7174 { | |
| 7175 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
| 7176 int j; | |
| 7177 | |
| 7178 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
| 7179 replace_push(p[j]); | |
| 7180 return l; | |
| 7181 } | |
| 7182 #endif | |
| 7183 | |
| 7 | 7184 /* |
| 7185 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
| 7186 * return -1 if stack empty | |
| 7187 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
| 7188 */ | |
| 7189 static int | |
| 7190 replace_pop() | |
| 7191 { | |
| 7192 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
| 7193 return -1; | |
| 7194 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
| 7195 } | |
| 7196 | |
| 7197 /* | |
| 7198 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
| 7199 * encountered. | |
| 7200 */ | |
| 7201 static void | |
| 7202 replace_join(off) | |
| 7203 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
| 7204 { | |
| 7205 int i; | |
| 7206 | |
| 7207 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 7208 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
| 7209 { | |
| 7210 --replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7211 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
| 7212 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
| 7213 return; | |
| 7214 } | |
| 7215 } | |
| 7216 | |
| 7217 /* | |
| 7218 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
| 7219 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
| 7220 */ | |
| 7221 static void | |
| 7222 replace_pop_ins() | |
| 7223 { | |
| 7224 int cc; | |
| 7225 int oldState = State; | |
| 7226 | |
| 7227 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
| 7228 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
| 7229 { | |
| 7230 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7231 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 7232 #else | |
| 7233 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7234 #endif | |
| 7235 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7236 } | |
| 7237 State = oldState; | |
| 7238 } | |
| 7239 | |
| 7240 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7241 /* | |
| 7242 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
| 7243 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
| 7244 */ | |
| 7245 static void | |
| 7246 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
| 7247 int cc; | |
| 7248 { | |
| 7249 int n; | |
| 7250 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
| 7251 int i; | |
| 7252 int c; | |
| 7253 | |
| 7254 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
| 7255 { | |
| 7256 buf[0] = cc; | |
| 7257 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7258 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7259 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7260 } | |
| 7261 else | |
| 7262 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7263 | |
| 7264 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7265 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
| 7266 for (;;) | |
| 7267 { | |
| 7268 c = replace_pop(); | |
| 7269 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
| 7270 break; | |
| 7271 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
| 7272 { | |
| 7273 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
| 7274 replace_push(c); | |
| 7275 break; | |
| 7276 } | |
| 7277 else | |
| 7278 { | |
| 7279 buf[0] = c; | |
| 7280 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7281 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7282 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
| 7283 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7284 else | |
| 7285 { | |
| 7286 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
| 7287 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
| 7288 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
| 7289 break; | |
| 7290 } | |
| 7291 } | |
| 7292 } | |
| 7293 } | |
| 7294 #endif | |
| 7295 | |
| 7296 /* | |
| 7297 * make the replace stack empty | |
| 7298 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
| 7299 */ | |
| 7300 static void | |
| 7301 replace_flush() | |
| 7302 { | |
| 7303 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7304 replace_stack = NULL; | |
| 7305 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
| 7306 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
| 7307 } | |
| 7308 | |
| 7309 /* | |
| 7310 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
| 7311 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
| 7312 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
| 7313 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
| 7314 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
| 1782 | 7315 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
| 7316 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
| 7 | 7317 */ |
| 7318 static void | |
| 1782 | 7319 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
| 7320 int limit_col; | |
| 7 | 7321 { |
| 7322 int cc; | |
| 7323 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7324 int orig_len = 0; | |
| 7325 int ins_len; | |
| 7326 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
| 7327 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
| 7328 char_u *p; | |
| 7329 int i; | |
| 7330 int vcol; | |
| 7331 #endif | |
| 7332 | |
| 7333 cc = replace_pop(); | |
| 7334 if (cc > 0) | |
| 7335 { | |
| 7336 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7337 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7338 { | |
| 7339 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
| 7340 * going to delete. */ | |
| 7341 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
| 7342 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
| 7343 } | |
| 7344 #endif | |
| 7345 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7346 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7347 { | |
| 1782 | 7348 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7349 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 7350 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7351 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 7352 # endif |
| 7353 replace_push(cc); | |
| 7354 } | |
| 7355 else | |
| 7356 #endif | |
| 7357 { | |
| 7358 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
| 7359 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7360 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7361 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
| 7 | 7362 #endif |
| 7363 } | |
| 7364 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 7365 | |
| 7366 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7367 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7368 { | |
| 7369 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
| 7370 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 835 | 7371 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
| 7 | 7372 vcol = start_vcol; |
| 7373 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
| 7374 { | |
| 7375 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
| 7376 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 7377 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
| 7 | 7378 #endif |
| 7379 } | |
| 7380 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
| 7381 | |
| 7382 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
| 7383 * text aligned. */ | |
| 7384 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
| 7385 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
| 7386 { | |
| 7387 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 7388 ++orig_vcols; | |
| 7389 } | |
| 7390 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
| 7391 } | |
| 7392 #endif | |
| 7393 | |
| 7394 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 7395 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 7396 } | |
| 7397 else if (cc == 0) | |
| 1782 | 7398 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7399 } |
| 7400 | |
| 7401 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7402 /* | |
| 7403 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
| 7404 */ | |
| 7405 static int | |
| 7406 cindent_on() | |
| 7407 { | |
| 7408 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 7409 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7410 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 7411 # endif | |
| 7412 )); | |
| 7413 } | |
| 7414 #endif | |
| 7415 | |
| 7416 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7417 /* | |
| 7418 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
| 7419 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
| 7420 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
| 7421 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
| 7422 */ | |
| 7423 | |
| 7424 void | |
| 7425 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
| 7426 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7427 { | |
| 1516 | 7428 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 7429 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7430 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
| 7431 } | |
| 7432 | |
| 7433 void | |
| 7434 fix_indent() | |
| 7435 { | |
| 7436 if (p_paste) | |
| 7437 return; | |
| 7438 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 7439 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 7440 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 7441 # endif | |
| 7442 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
| 7443 else | |
| 7444 # endif | |
| 7445 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7446 if (cindent_on()) | |
| 7447 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 7448 # endif | |
| 7449 } | |
| 7450 | |
| 7451 #endif | |
| 7452 | |
| 7453 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7454 /* | |
| 7455 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
| 7456 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
| 7457 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) | |
| 7458 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) | |
| 7459 * | |
| 7460 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
| 7461 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 7462 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
| 7463 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
| 7464 * | |
| 7465 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
| 7466 */ | |
| 7467 int | |
| 7468 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
| 7469 int keytyped; | |
| 7470 int when; | |
| 7471 int line_is_empty; | |
| 7472 { | |
| 7473 char_u *look; | |
| 7474 int try_match; | |
| 7475 int try_match_word; | |
| 7476 char_u *p; | |
| 7477 char_u *line; | |
| 7478 int icase; | |
| 7479 int i; | |
| 7480 | |
| 2025 | 7481 if (keytyped == NUL) |
| 7482 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
| 7483 return FALSE; | |
| 7484 | |
| 7 | 7485 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7486 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 7487 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
| 7488 else | |
| 7489 #endif | |
| 7490 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
| 7491 while (*look) | |
| 7492 { | |
| 7493 /* | |
| 7494 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
| 7495 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
| 7496 */ | |
| 7497 switch (when) | |
| 7498 { | |
| 7499 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
| 7500 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
| 7501 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
| 7502 } | |
| 7503 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
| 7504 ++look; | |
| 7505 | |
| 7506 /* | |
| 7507 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
| 7508 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
| 7509 */ | |
| 7510 if (*look == '0') | |
| 7511 { | |
| 7512 try_match_word = try_match; | |
| 7513 if (!line_is_empty) | |
| 7514 try_match = FALSE; | |
| 7515 ++look; | |
| 7516 } | |
| 7517 else | |
| 7518 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
| 7519 | |
| 7520 /* | |
| 7521 * does it look like a control character? | |
| 7522 */ | |
| 7523 if (*look == '^' | |
| 7524 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7525 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
| 7526 #else | |
| 7527 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
| 7528 #endif | |
| 7529 ) | |
| 7530 { | |
| 7531 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
| 7532 return TRUE; | |
| 7533 look += 2; | |
| 7534 } | |
| 7535 /* | |
| 7536 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
| 7537 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
| 7538 */ | |
| 7539 else if (*look == 'o') | |
| 7540 { | |
| 7541 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
| 7542 return TRUE; | |
| 7543 ++look; | |
| 7544 } | |
| 7545 else if (*look == 'O') | |
| 7546 { | |
| 7547 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
| 7548 return TRUE; | |
| 7549 ++look; | |
| 7550 } | |
| 7551 | |
| 7552 /* | |
| 7553 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
| 7554 * cursor. | |
| 7555 */ | |
| 7556 else if (*look == 'e') | |
| 7557 { | |
| 7558 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
| 7559 { | |
| 7560 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7561 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
| 7562 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
| 7563 return TRUE; | |
| 7564 } | |
| 7565 ++look; | |
| 7566 } | |
| 7567 | |
| 7568 /* | |
| 7569 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
| 7570 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
| 7571 * class::method for C++). | |
| 7572 */ | |
| 7573 else if (*look == ':') | |
| 7574 { | |
| 7575 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
| 7576 { | |
| 7577 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7578 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7579 || cin_islabel(30)) |
| 7 | 7580 return TRUE; |
| 1300 | 7581 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
| 7582 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7 | 7583 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
| 7584 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
| 7585 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
| 7586 { | |
| 7587 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7588 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
| 7 | 7589 || cin_islabel(30)); |
| 7590 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7591 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
| 7592 if (i) | |
| 7593 return TRUE; | |
| 7594 } | |
| 7595 } | |
| 7596 ++look; | |
| 7597 } | |
| 7598 | |
| 7599 | |
| 7600 /* | |
| 7601 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
| 7602 */ | |
| 7603 else if (*look == '<') | |
| 7604 { | |
| 7605 if (try_match) | |
| 7606 { | |
| 7607 /* | |
| 7608 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
| 7609 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
| 7610 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
| 7611 */ | |
| 7612 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
| 7613 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
| 7614 return TRUE; | |
| 7615 | |
| 7616 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
| 7617 return TRUE; | |
| 7618 } | |
| 7619 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
| 7620 look++; | |
| 7621 while (*look == '>') | |
| 7622 look++; | |
| 7623 } | |
| 7624 | |
| 7625 /* | |
| 7626 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
| 7627 */ | |
| 7628 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
| 7629 { | |
| 7630 ++look; | |
| 7631 if (*look == '~') | |
| 7632 { | |
| 7633 icase = TRUE; | |
| 7634 ++look; | |
| 7635 } | |
| 7636 else | |
| 7637 icase = FALSE; | |
| 7638 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
| 7639 if (p == NULL) | |
| 7640 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
| 7641 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
| 7642 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
| 7643 { | |
| 7644 int match = FALSE; | |
| 7645 | |
| 7646 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7647 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
| 7648 { | |
| 7649 char_u *s; | |
| 7650 | |
| 7651 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
| 7652 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
| 7653 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7654 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7655 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7656 { | |
| 7657 char_u *n; | |
| 7658 | |
| 7659 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
| 7660 { | |
| 7661 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
| 7662 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
| 7663 break; | |
| 7664 } | |
| 7665 } | |
| 7666 else | |
| 7667 # endif | |
| 7668 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
| 7669 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
| 7670 break; | |
| 7671 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 7672 && (icase | |
| 7673 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
| 7674 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
| 7675 match = TRUE; | |
| 7676 } | |
| 7677 else | |
| 7678 #endif | |
| 7679 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
| 7680 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
| 7681 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
| 7682 { | |
| 7683 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7684 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
| 7685 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
| 7686 && (icase | |
| 7687 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
| 7688 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
| 7689 == 0) | |
| 7690 match = TRUE; | |
| 7691 } | |
| 7692 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
| 7693 { | |
| 7694 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
| 7695 * word. */ | |
| 7696 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7697 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
| 7698 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
| 7699 match = FALSE; | |
| 7700 } | |
| 7701 if (match) | |
| 7702 return TRUE; | |
| 7703 } | |
| 7704 look = p; | |
| 7705 } | |
| 7706 | |
| 7707 /* | |
| 7708 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
| 7709 */ | |
| 7710 else | |
| 7711 { | |
| 7712 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
| 7713 return TRUE; | |
| 7714 ++look; | |
| 7715 } | |
| 7716 | |
| 7717 /* | |
| 7718 * Skip over ", ". | |
| 7719 */ | |
| 7720 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
| 7721 } | |
| 7722 return FALSE; | |
| 7723 } | |
| 7724 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 7725 | |
| 7726 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7727 /* | |
| 7728 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
| 7729 */ | |
| 7730 int | |
| 7731 hkmap(c) | |
| 7732 int c; | |
| 7733 { | |
| 7734 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
| 7735 { | |
| 7736 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
| 7737 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
| 7738 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
| 7739 static char_u map[26] = | |
| 7740 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
| 7741 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
| 7742 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
| 7743 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
| 7744 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
| 7745 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
| 7746 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
| 7747 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
| 7748 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
| 7749 | |
| 7750 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
| 7751 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
| 7752 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
| 7753 else if (c == 'x') | |
| 7754 return 'X'; | |
| 7755 else if (c == 'q') | |
| 7756 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
| 7757 else if (c == 246) | |
| 7758 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
| 7759 else if (c == 228) | |
| 7760 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7761 else if (c == 252) | |
| 7762 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7763 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7764 else if (islower(c)) | |
| 7765 #else | |
| 7766 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
| 7767 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
| 7768 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
| 7769 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
| 7770 */ | |
| 7771 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
| 7772 #endif | |
| 7773 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
| 7774 else | |
| 7775 return c; | |
| 7776 } | |
| 7777 else | |
| 7778 { | |
| 7779 switch (c) | |
| 7780 { | |
| 7781 case '`': return ';'; | |
| 7782 case '/': return '.'; | |
| 7783 case '\'': return ','; | |
| 7784 case 'q': return '/'; | |
| 7785 case 'w': return '\''; | |
| 7786 | |
| 7787 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
| 7788 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
| 7789 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
| 7790 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
| 7791 default: { | |
| 7792 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
| 7793 | |
| 7794 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7795 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
| 7796 if (!islower(c)) | |
| 7797 #else | |
| 7798 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
| 7799 #endif | |
| 7800 return c; | |
| 7801 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
| 7802 break; | |
| 7803 } | |
| 7804 } | |
| 7805 | |
| 7806 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
| 7807 } | |
| 7808 } | |
| 7809 #endif | |
| 7810 | |
| 7811 static void | |
| 7812 ins_reg() | |
| 7813 { | |
| 7814 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 7815 int regname; | |
| 7816 int literally = 0; | |
| 844 | 7817 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 7818 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
| 7819 #endif | |
| 7 | 7820 |
| 7821 /* | |
| 7822 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
| 7823 */ | |
| 7824 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 7825 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 7826 { | |
| 7827 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 7828 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 7829 |
| 7830 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
| 7831 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 7832 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
| 7833 #endif | |
| 7834 } | |
| 7835 | |
| 7836 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 7837 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 7838 #endif | |
| 7839 | |
| 7840 /* | |
| 7841 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 7842 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 7843 */ | |
| 7844 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 7845 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 7846 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 7847 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
| 7848 { | |
| 7849 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
| 7850 literally = regname; | |
| 7851 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 7852 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
| 7853 #endif | |
| 1389 | 7854 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 7855 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 7856 } | |
| 7857 --no_mapping; | |
| 7858 | |
| 7859 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7860 /* | |
| 7861 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, | |
| 7862 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! | |
| 7863 */ | |
| 7864 ++no_u_sync; | |
| 7865 if (regname == '=') | |
| 7866 { | |
| 133 | 7867 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 7868 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
| 133 | 7869 # endif |
| 7 | 7870 regname = get_expr_register(); |
| 133 | 7871 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 7872 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
| 7873 if (im_on) | |
| 7874 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 133 | 7875 # endif |
| 7 | 7876 } |
| 140 | 7877 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
| 7878 { | |
| 7879 vim_beep(); | |
| 7 | 7880 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
| 140 | 7881 } |
| 7 | 7882 else |
| 7883 { | |
| 7884 #endif | |
| 7885 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
| 7886 { | |
| 7887 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
| 7888 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
| 7889 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
| 7890 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
| 7891 | |
| 7892 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
| 7893 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 7894 } | |
| 7895 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
| 7896 { | |
| 7897 vim_beep(); | |
| 7898 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
| 7899 } | |
| 133 | 7900 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
| 7901 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
| 7902 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
| 7903 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 7904 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 7905 | |
| 7 | 7906 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7907 } | |
| 7908 --no_u_sync; | |
| 7909 #endif | |
| 7910 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 7911 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 7912 #endif | |
| 7913 | |
| 7914 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 7915 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
| 7916 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 844 | 7917 |
| 7918 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 7919 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
| 7920 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
| 7921 end_visual_mode(); | |
| 7922 #endif | |
| 7 | 7923 } |
| 7924 | |
| 7925 /* | |
| 7926 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
| 7927 */ | |
| 7928 static void | |
| 7929 ins_ctrl_g() | |
| 7930 { | |
| 7931 int c; | |
| 7932 | |
| 7933 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7934 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
| 7935 setcursor(); | |
| 7936 #endif | |
| 7937 | |
| 7938 /* | |
| 7939 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 7940 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 7941 */ | |
| 7942 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 7943 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 7944 --no_mapping; |
| 7945 switch (c) | |
| 7946 { | |
| 7947 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
| 7948 case K_UP: | |
| 7949 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 7950 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
| 7951 break; | |
| 7952 | |
| 7953 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
| 7954 case K_DOWN: | |
| 7955 case Ctrl_J: | |
| 7956 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
| 7957 break; | |
| 7958 | |
| 7959 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
| 825 | 7960 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
| 7 | 7961 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
| 626 | 7962 |
| 7963 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
| 1219 | 7964 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
| 626 | 7965 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 7 | 7966 break; |
| 7967 | |
| 7968 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
| 7969 default: vim_beep(); | |
| 7970 } | |
| 7971 } | |
| 7972 | |
| 7973 /* | |
| 449 | 7974 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
| 7975 */ | |
| 7976 static void | |
| 7977 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
| 7978 { | |
| 782 | 7979 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
| 449 | 7980 { |
| 7981 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
| 7982 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 7983 { | |
| 7984 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 7985 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 7986 } | |
| 7987 else | |
| 7988 { | |
| 7989 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
| 7990 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 7991 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 7992 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 7993 #endif | |
| 7994 } | |
| 7995 } | |
| 7996 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 7997 else | |
| 7998 { | |
| 7999 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
| 8000 if (im_get_status()) | |
| 8001 { | |
| 8002 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8003 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8004 } | |
| 8005 else | |
| 8006 { | |
| 8007 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
| 8008 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8009 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 8010 } | |
| 8011 } | |
| 8012 #endif | |
| 8013 set_iminsert_global(); | |
| 8014 showmode(); | |
| 8015 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8016 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
| 8017 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 8018 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 8019 #endif | |
| 8020 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
| 8021 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
| 8022 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
| 8023 #endif | |
| 8024 } | |
| 8025 | |
| 8026 /* | |
| 7 | 8027 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
| 8028 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
| 8029 * insert. | |
| 8030 */ | |
| 8031 static int | |
| 477 | 8032 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
| 7 | 8033 long *count; |
| 8034 int cmdchar; | |
| 477 | 8035 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
| 7 | 8036 { |
| 8037 int temp; | |
| 8038 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8039 | |
| 744 | 8040 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 449 | 8041 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 8042 #endif | |
| 7 | 8043 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
| 8044 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
| 8045 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
| 8046 # endif | |
| 8047 if (composing_hangul) | |
| 8048 { | |
| 8049 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
| 8050 composing_hangul = 0; | |
| 8051 } | |
| 8052 #endif | |
| 8053 | |
| 8054 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8055 if (disabled_redraw) | |
| 8056 { | |
| 8057 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8058 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8059 } | |
| 8060 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 8061 { | |
| 8062 /* | |
| 8063 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
| 75 | 8064 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
| 8065 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
| 7 | 8066 */ |
| 8067 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 75 | 8068 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
| 7 | 8069 |
| 8070 /* | |
| 8071 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
| 8072 * interrupt now and then. | |
| 8073 */ | |
| 8074 if (*count > 0) | |
| 8075 { | |
| 8076 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 8077 if (got_int) | |
| 8078 *count = 0; | |
| 8079 } | |
| 8080 | |
| 8081 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
| 8082 { | |
| 164 | 8083 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
| 8084 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
| 8085 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
| 8086 | |
| 7 | 8087 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
| 8088 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 8089 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
| 8090 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8091 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8092 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
| 8093 } | |
| 8094 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); | |
| 8095 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8096 } | |
| 8097 | |
| 8098 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
| 8099 * indent */ | |
| 8100 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 8101 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 8102 | |
| 8103 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
| 8104 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 8105 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8106 | |
| 8107 /* | |
| 8108 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
| 477 | 8109 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
| 7 | 8110 */ |
| 477 | 8111 if (!nomove |
| 8112 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
| 7 | 8113 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 8114 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
| 8115 #endif | |
| 477 | 8116 ) |
| 8117 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
| 8118 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 7 | 8119 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 477 | 8120 && !VIsual_active |
| 8121 #endif | |
| 8122 )) | |
| 7 | 8123 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8124 && !revins_on | |
| 8125 #endif | |
| 8126 ) | |
| 8127 { | |
| 8128 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8129 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
| 8130 { | |
| 8131 oneleft(); | |
| 8132 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8133 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8134 } | |
| 8135 else | |
| 8136 #endif | |
| 8137 { | |
| 8138 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8139 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8140 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
| 8141 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 8142 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 8143 #endif | |
| 8144 } | |
| 8145 } | |
| 8146 | |
| 8147 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8148 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
| 8149 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
| 8150 * well). */ | |
| 8151 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
| 8152 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
| 8153 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8154 #endif | |
| 8155 | |
| 8156 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8157 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
| 8158 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 8159 | |
| 8160 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8161 setmouse(); | |
| 8162 #endif | |
| 8163 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8164 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8165 #endif | |
| 8166 | |
| 8167 /* | |
| 8168 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
| 8169 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
| 8170 */ | |
| 8171 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8172 showmode(); | |
| 8173 else if (p_smd) | |
| 8174 MSG(""); | |
| 8175 | |
| 8176 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
| 8177 } | |
| 8178 | |
| 8179 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8180 /* | |
| 8181 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
| 8182 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
| 8183 */ | |
| 8184 static void | |
| 8185 ins_ctrl_() | |
| 8186 { | |
| 8187 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
| 8188 { | |
| 8189 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
| 8190 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8191 } | |
| 8192 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
| 8193 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 8194 if (revins_on) | |
| 8195 { | |
| 8196 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8197 revins_legal++; | |
| 8198 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 8199 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8200 } | |
| 8201 else | |
| 8202 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 8203 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8204 if (p_altkeymap) | |
| 8205 { | |
| 8206 /* | |
| 8207 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
| 8208 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
| 8209 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
| 8210 */ | |
| 8211 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 8212 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
| 8213 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
| 8214 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8215 State = INSERT; | |
| 8216 } | |
| 8217 else | |
| 8218 #endif | |
| 8219 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
| 8220 showmode(); | |
| 8221 } | |
| 8222 #endif | |
| 8223 | |
| 8224 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8225 /* | |
| 8226 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
| 8227 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
| 8228 */ | |
| 8229 static int | |
| 8230 ins_start_select(c) | |
| 8231 int c; | |
| 8232 { | |
| 8233 if (km_startsel) | |
| 8234 switch (c) | |
| 8235 { | |
| 8236 case K_KHOME: | |
| 8237 case K_KEND: | |
| 8238 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 8239 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 8240 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 8241 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 8242 # ifdef MACOS | |
| 8243 case K_LEFT: | |
| 8244 case K_RIGHT: | |
| 8245 case K_UP: | |
| 8246 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8247 case K_END: | |
| 8248 case K_HOME: | |
| 8249 # endif | |
| 8250 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 8251 break; | |
| 8252 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 8253 case K_S_LEFT: | |
| 8254 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
| 8255 case K_S_UP: | |
| 8256 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 8257 case K_S_END: | |
| 8258 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 8259 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
| 8260 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
| 8261 start_selection(); | |
| 8262 | |
| 8263 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
| 8264 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
| 8265 if (mod_mask) | |
| 8266 { | |
| 8267 char_u buf[4]; | |
| 8268 | |
| 8269 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 8270 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 8271 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
| 8272 buf[3] = NUL; | |
| 8273 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
| 8274 } | |
| 8275 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 8276 return TRUE; | |
| 8277 } | |
| 8278 return FALSE; | |
| 8279 } | |
| 8280 #endif | |
| 8281 | |
| 8282 /* | |
| 449 | 8283 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. |
| 8284 */ | |
| 8285 static void | |
| 8286 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
| 8287 int replaceState; | |
| 8288 { | |
| 8289 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8290 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8291 { | |
| 8292 beep_flush(); | |
| 8293 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 8294 return; | |
| 8295 } | |
| 8296 #endif | |
| 8297 | |
| 8298 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 532 | 8299 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 449 | 8300 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
| 8301 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
| 667 | 8302 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 8303 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
| 8304 # endif | |
| 8305 "r"), 1); | |
| 532 | 8306 # endif |
| 449 | 8307 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 8308 #endif | |
| 8309 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8310 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8311 else | |
| 8312 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8313 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
| 8314 showmode(); | |
| 8315 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8316 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8317 #endif | |
| 8318 } | |
| 8319 | |
| 8320 /* | |
| 8321 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
| 8322 */ | |
| 8323 static void | |
| 8324 ins_ctrl_o() | |
| 8325 { | |
| 8326 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8327 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8328 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
| 8329 else | |
| 8330 #endif | |
| 8331 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8332 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
| 8333 else | |
| 8334 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
| 8335 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8336 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 8337 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
| 8338 else | |
| 8339 #endif | |
| 8340 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
| 8341 } | |
| 8342 | |
| 8343 /* | |
| 7 | 8344 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
| 8345 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
| 1796 | 8346 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
| 7 | 8347 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
| 8348 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
| 8349 */ | |
| 8350 static void | |
| 8351 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
| 8352 int c; | |
| 8353 int lastc; | |
| 8354 { | |
| 8355 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8356 return; | |
| 8357 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8358 | |
| 8359 /* | |
| 8360 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
| 8361 */ | |
| 1330 | 8362 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
| 8363 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 7 | 8364 { |
| 8365 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8366 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
| 8367 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
| 8368 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8369 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8370 if (lastc == '^') | |
| 8371 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
| 1516 | 8372 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8373 } |
| 8374 else | |
| 1516 | 8375 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8376 |
| 8377 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
| 8378 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8379 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8380 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8381 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8382 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8383 #endif | |
| 8384 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8385 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
| 8386 #endif | |
| 8387 } | |
| 8388 | |
| 8389 static void | |
| 8390 ins_del() | |
| 8391 { | |
| 8392 int temp; | |
| 8393 | |
| 8394 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8395 return; | |
| 8396 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
| 8397 { | |
| 8398 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8399 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8400 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 8401 vim_beep(); |
| 8402 else | |
| 8403 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
| 8404 } | |
| 8405 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
| 8406 vim_beep(); | |
| 8407 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8408 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8409 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8410 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8411 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8412 #endif | |
| 8413 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
| 8414 } | |
| 8415 | |
| 1460 | 8416 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
| 8417 | |
| 8418 /* | |
| 8419 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
| 8420 */ | |
| 8421 static void | |
| 8422 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
| 8423 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
| 8424 { | |
| 8425 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8426 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8427 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8428 { | |
| 8429 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
| 8430 * Replace mode */ | |
| 8431 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8432 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 1782 | 8433 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 1460 | 8434 } |
| 8435 else | |
| 8436 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8437 } | |
| 8438 | |
| 7 | 8439 /* |
| 8440 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
| 8441 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
| 8442 */ | |
| 8443 static int | |
| 8444 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
| 8445 int c; | |
| 8446 int mode; | |
| 8447 int *inserted_space_p; | |
| 8448 { | |
| 8449 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 8450 int cc; | |
| 8451 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1872 | 8452 colnr_T save_col; |
| 7 | 8453 colnr_T mincol; |
| 8454 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 8455 int in_indent; | |
| 8456 int oldState; | |
| 8457 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8458 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
| 7 | 8459 #endif |
| 8460 | |
| 8461 /* | |
| 8462 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
| 8463 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
| 8464 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
| 8465 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
| 8466 */ | |
| 8467 if ( bufempty() | |
| 8468 || ( | |
| 8469 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8470 !revins_on && | |
| 8471 #endif | |
| 8472 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8473 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
| 8474 && (arrow_used | |
| 8475 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8476 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
| 8477 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
| 8478 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
| 8479 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
| 8480 { | |
| 8481 vim_beep(); | |
| 8482 return FALSE; | |
| 8483 } | |
| 8484 | |
| 8485 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8486 return FALSE; | |
| 8487 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
| 8488 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8489 if (in_indent) | |
| 8490 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 8491 #endif | |
| 8492 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 8493 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
| 8494 #endif | |
| 8495 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8496 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
| 8497 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8498 #endif | |
| 8499 | |
| 8500 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8501 /* Virtualedit: | |
| 8502 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
| 8503 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
| 8504 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
| 8505 */ | |
| 8506 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 8507 { | |
| 8508 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8509 { | |
| 8510 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8511 return TRUE; | |
| 8512 } | |
| 8513 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
| 8514 { | |
| 8515 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8516 return TRUE; | |
| 8517 } | |
| 8518 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8519 } | |
| 8520 #endif | |
| 8521 | |
| 8522 /* | |
| 8523 * delete newline! | |
| 8524 */ | |
| 8525 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8526 { | |
| 8527 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8528 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8529 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8530 || revins_on | |
| 8531 #endif | |
| 8532 ) | |
| 8533 { | |
| 8534 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
| 8535 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 8536 return FALSE; | |
| 8537 --Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8538 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
| 8539 } | |
| 8540 /* | |
| 8541 * In replace mode: | |
| 8542 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
| 8543 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
| 8544 */ | |
| 8545 cc = -1; | |
| 8546 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8547 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
| 8548 /* | |
| 8549 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
| 8550 * cursor. | |
| 8551 */ | |
| 8552 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 8553 { | |
| 8554 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8555 } | |
| 8556 else | |
| 8557 { | |
| 8558 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8559 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8560 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
| 8561 #endif | |
| 8562 { | |
| 8563 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
| 8564 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 278 | 8565 |
| 8566 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
| 8567 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
| 8568 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
| 8569 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
| 8570 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 8571 { | |
| 8572 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8573 TRUE); | |
| 8574 int len; | |
| 8575 | |
| 835 | 8576 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
| 278 | 8577 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
| 8578 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 8579 } | |
| 8580 | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8581 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 8582 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) |
| 8583 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8584 } | |
| 8585 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8586 else | |
| 8587 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8588 #endif | |
| 8589 | |
| 8590 /* | |
| 8591 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
| 8592 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
| 8593 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
| 8594 * characters that NL replaced. | |
| 8595 */ | |
| 8596 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8597 { | |
| 8598 /* | |
| 8599 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
| 8600 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
| 8601 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
| 8602 */ | |
| 8603 oldState = State; | |
| 8604 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8605 /* | |
| 8606 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
| 8607 */ | |
| 8608 while (cc > 0) | |
| 8609 { | |
| 1872 | 8610 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8611 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8612 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 8613 #else | |
| 8614 ins_char(cc); | |
| 8615 #endif | |
| 1872 | 8616 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8617 cc = replace_pop(); |
| 8618 } | |
| 8619 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
| 8620 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8621 State = oldState; | |
| 8622 } | |
| 8623 } | |
| 8624 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8625 } | |
| 8626 else | |
| 8627 { | |
| 8628 /* | |
| 8629 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
| 8630 */ | |
| 8631 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8632 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
| 8633 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8634 #endif | |
| 8635 mincol = 0; | |
| 8636 /* keep indent */ | |
| 1085 | 8637 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
| 8638 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 8639 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 2004 | 8640 || cindent_on() |
| 1085 | 8641 #endif |
| 8642 ) | |
| 7 | 8643 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8644 && !revins_on | |
| 8645 #endif | |
| 8646 ) | |
| 8647 { | |
| 1872 | 8648 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8649 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
| 1988 | 8650 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
| 7 | 8651 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 1872 | 8652 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8653 } |
| 8654 | |
| 8655 /* | |
| 8656 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
| 8657 */ | |
| 8658 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
| 8659 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
| 648 | 8660 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 |
| 1497 | 8661 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
| 7 | 8662 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
| 8663 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
| 8664 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
| 8665 || arrow_used)))))) | |
| 8666 { | |
| 8667 int ts; | |
| 8668 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 8669 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
| 1460 | 8670 colnr_T start_vcol; |
| 7 | 8671 |
| 8672 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
| 648 | 8673 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
| 7 | 8674 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; |
| 8675 else | |
| 8676 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 8677 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since | |
| 8678 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
| 8679 * the previous character. */ | |
| 8680 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1460 | 8681 start_vcol = vcol; |
| 7 | 8682 dec_cursor(); |
| 8683 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
| 8684 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8685 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
| 8686 | |
| 8687 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
| 8688 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
| 8689 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
| 1460 | 8690 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
| 7 | 8691 |
| 8692 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
| 8693 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
| 8694 { | |
| 8695 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
| 8696 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8697 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8698 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8699 | |
| 8700 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8701 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8702 ins_char(' '); | |
| 8703 else | |
| 8704 #endif | |
| 8705 { | |
| 8706 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 1460 | 8707 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
| 8708 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 7 | 8709 } |
| 8710 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8711 } | |
| 1460 | 8712 |
| 8713 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
| 8714 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
| 8715 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
| 8716 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
| 7 | 8717 } |
| 8718 | |
| 8719 /* | |
| 8720 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
| 8721 */ | |
| 8722 else do | |
| 8723 { | |
| 8724 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8725 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
| 8726 #endif | |
| 8727 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8728 | |
| 8729 /* start of word? */ | |
| 8730 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
| 8731 { | |
| 8732 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
| 8733 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
| 8734 } | |
| 8735 /* end of word? */ | |
| 8736 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
| 8737 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
| 8738 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
| 8739 { | |
| 8740 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8741 if (!revins_on) | |
| 8742 #endif | |
| 8743 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8744 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8745 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8746 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8747 #endif | |
| 8748 break; | |
| 8749 } | |
| 8750 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 8751 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 7 | 8752 else |
| 8753 { | |
| 8754 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8755 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
| 714 | 8756 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
| 7 | 8757 #endif |
| 8758 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8759 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8760 /* | |
| 714 | 8761 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
| 8762 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
| 7 | 8763 * character. |
| 8764 */ | |
| 714 | 8765 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
| 7 | 8766 inc_cursor(); |
| 8767 #endif | |
| 8768 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8769 if (revins_chars) | |
| 8770 { | |
| 8771 revins_chars--; | |
| 8772 revins_legal++; | |
| 8773 } | |
| 8774 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 8775 break; | |
| 8776 #endif | |
| 8777 } | |
| 8778 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
| 8779 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8780 break; | |
| 8781 } while ( | |
| 8782 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8783 revins_on || | |
| 8784 #endif | |
| 8785 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
| 8786 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8787 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
| 8788 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
| 8789 } | |
| 8790 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8791 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8792 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8793 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8794 #endif | |
| 8795 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
| 8796 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8797 /* | |
| 8798 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
| 8799 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
| 8800 * with. | |
| 8801 */ | |
| 8802 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8803 | |
| 8804 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
| 8805 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8806 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8807 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8808 | |
| 8809 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
| 8810 * was there remains visible | |
| 8811 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
| 8812 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
| 8813 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
| 8814 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
| 8815 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
| 8816 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 8817 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 8818 | |
| 1514 | 8819 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 8820 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
| 8821 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
| 8822 * char before a Tab. */ | |
| 8823 if (did_backspace) | |
| 8824 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 8825 #endif | |
| 8826 | |
| 7 | 8827 return did_backspace; |
| 8828 } | |
| 8829 | |
| 8830 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8831 static void | |
| 8832 ins_mouse(c) | |
| 8833 int c; | |
| 8834 { | |
| 8835 pos_T tpos; | |
| 840 | 8836 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
| 7 | 8837 |
| 8838 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8839 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
| 8840 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 8841 # endif | |
| 8842 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
| 8843 return; | |
| 8844 | |
| 8845 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8846 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8847 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
| 8848 { | |
| 840 | 8849 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8850 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
| 8851 | |
| 8852 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
| 8853 { | |
| 8854 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
| 8855 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
| 8856 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 8857 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8858 } | |
| 8859 #endif | |
| 8860 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
| 8861 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8862 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
| 8863 { | |
| 8864 curwin = new_curwin; | |
| 8865 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8866 } | |
| 8867 #endif | |
| 7 | 8868 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 8869 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8870 # endif | |
| 8871 } | |
| 8872 | |
| 8873 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8874 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
| 8875 redraw_statuslines(); | |
| 8876 #endif | |
| 8877 } | |
| 8878 | |
| 8879 static void | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8880 ins_mousescroll(dir) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8881 int dir; |
| 7 | 8882 { |
| 8883 pos_T tpos; | |
| 1434 | 8884 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 8885 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 8886 # endif | |
| 8887 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 8888 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 8889 # endif |
| 8890 | |
| 8891 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8892 | |
| 8893 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 8894 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ | |
| 8895 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
| 8896 { | |
| 8897 int row, col; | |
| 8898 | |
| 8899 row = mouse_row; | |
| 8900 col = mouse_col; | |
| 8901 | |
| 8902 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
| 8903 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
| 8904 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8905 } | |
| 8906 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
| 8907 # endif | |
| 8908 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8909 | |
| 1434 | 8910 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 8911 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
| 8912 if (!pum_visible() | |
| 8913 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 8914 || curwin != old_curwin | |
| 8915 # endif | |
| 8916 ) | |
| 8917 # endif | |
| 8918 { | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8919 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8920 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8921 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8922 scroll_redraw(dir, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8923 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8924 else |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8925 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8926 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8927 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1434 | 8928 else |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8929 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8930 int val, step = 6; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8931 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8932 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8933 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8934 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8935 if (val < 0) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8936 val = 0; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8937 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8938 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8939 #endif |
| 1434 | 8940 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 8941 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
| 8942 # endif | |
| 8943 } | |
| 7 | 8944 |
| 8945 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 8946 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8947 | |
| 8948 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 8949 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8950 # endif | |
| 8951 | |
| 1434 | 8952 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 8953 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
| 8954 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
| 8955 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
| 8956 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
| 8957 { | |
| 8958 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 8959 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 8960 } | |
| 8961 # endif | |
| 8962 | |
| 7 | 8963 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
| 8964 { | |
| 8965 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 8966 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8967 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8968 # endif | |
| 8969 } | |
| 8970 } | |
| 8971 #endif | |
| 8972 | |
| 692 | 8973 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 8974 static void |
| 692 | 8975 ins_tabline(c) |
| 8976 int c; | |
| 8977 { | |
| 8978 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
| 8979 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
| 8980 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
| 8981 { | |
| 8982 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8983 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 8984 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8985 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8986 # endif | |
| 8987 } | |
| 8988 | |
| 8989 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
| 8990 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
| 8991 else | |
| 846 | 8992 { |
| 692 | 8993 handle_tabmenu(); |
| 846 | 8994 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
| 8995 } | |
| 692 | 8996 } |
| 8997 #endif | |
| 8998 | |
| 8999 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 9000 void |
| 9001 ins_scroll() | |
| 9002 { | |
| 9003 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9004 | |
| 9005 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9006 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9007 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
| 9008 { | |
| 9009 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9010 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9011 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9012 # endif | |
| 9013 } | |
| 9014 } | |
| 9015 | |
| 9016 void | |
| 9017 ins_horscroll() | |
| 9018 { | |
| 9019 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9020 | |
| 9021 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9022 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9023 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 9024 { |
| 9025 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9026 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9027 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9028 # endif | |
| 9029 } | |
| 9030 } | |
| 9031 #endif | |
| 9032 | |
| 9033 static void | |
| 9034 ins_left() | |
| 9035 { | |
| 9036 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9037 | |
| 9038 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9039 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9040 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9041 #endif | |
| 9042 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9043 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9044 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
| 9045 { | |
| 941 | 9046 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 9047 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
| 9048 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
| 9049 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
| 9050 #endif | |
| 9051 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 7 | 9052 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9053 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
| 9054 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
| 9055 revins_legal++; | |
| 9056 revins_chars++; | |
| 9057 #endif | |
| 9058 } | |
| 9059 | |
| 9060 /* | |
| 9061 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
| 9062 * previous line | |
| 9063 */ | |
| 9064 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9065 { | |
| 9066 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9067 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 9068 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9069 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
| 9070 } | |
| 9071 else | |
| 9072 vim_beep(); | |
| 9073 } | |
| 9074 | |
| 9075 static void | |
| 9076 ins_home(c) | |
| 9077 int c; | |
| 9078 { | |
| 9079 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9080 | |
| 9081 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9082 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9083 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9084 #endif | |
| 9085 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9086 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9087 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
| 9088 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 9089 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9090 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9091 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 9092 #endif | |
| 9093 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
| 9094 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9095 } | |
| 9096 | |
| 9097 static void | |
| 9098 ins_end(c) | |
| 9099 int c; | |
| 9100 { | |
| 9101 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9102 | |
| 9103 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9104 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9105 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9106 #endif | |
| 9107 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9108 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9109 if (c == K_C_END) | |
| 9110 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 9111 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9112 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
| 9113 | |
| 9114 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9115 } | |
| 9116 | |
| 9117 static void | |
| 9118 ins_s_left() | |
| 9119 { | |
| 9120 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9121 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9122 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9123 #endif | |
| 9124 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9125 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9126 { | |
| 9127 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9128 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 9129 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9130 } | |
| 9131 else | |
| 9132 vim_beep(); | |
| 9133 } | |
| 9134 | |
| 9135 static void | |
| 9136 ins_right() | |
| 9137 { | |
| 9138 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9139 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9140 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9141 #endif | |
| 9142 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 1877 | 9143 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
| 9144 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9145 || virtual_active() | |
| 9146 #endif | |
| 7 | 9147 ) |
| 9148 { | |
| 9149 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9150 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9151 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9152 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 9153 oneright(); | |
| 9154 else | |
| 9155 #endif | |
| 9156 { | |
| 9157 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9158 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 9159 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 9160 else |
| 9161 #endif | |
| 9162 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9163 } | |
| 9164 | |
| 9165 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9166 revins_legal++; | |
| 9167 if (revins_chars) | |
| 9168 revins_chars--; | |
| 9169 #endif | |
| 9170 } | |
| 9171 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
| 9172 * cursor to the next line */ | |
| 9173 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
| 9174 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9175 { | |
| 9176 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9177 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9178 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 9179 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9180 } | |
| 9181 else | |
| 9182 vim_beep(); | |
| 9183 } | |
| 9184 | |
| 9185 static void | |
| 9186 ins_s_right() | |
| 9187 { | |
| 9188 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9189 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9190 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9191 #endif | |
| 9192 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9193 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 9194 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 9195 { | |
| 9196 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9197 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
| 9198 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9199 } | |
| 9200 else | |
| 9201 vim_beep(); | |
| 9202 } | |
| 9203 | |
| 9204 static void | |
| 9205 ins_up(startcol) | |
| 9206 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9207 { | |
| 9208 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9209 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9210 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9211 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9212 #endif | |
| 9213 | |
| 9214 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9215 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9216 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9217 { | |
| 9218 if (startcol) | |
| 9219 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9220 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9221 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9222 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9223 #endif | |
| 9224 ) | |
| 9225 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9226 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9227 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9228 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9229 #endif | |
| 9230 } | |
| 9231 else | |
| 9232 vim_beep(); | |
| 9233 } | |
| 9234 | |
| 9235 static void | |
| 9236 ins_pageup() | |
| 9237 { | |
| 9238 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9239 | |
| 9240 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9241 |
| 9242 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9243 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9244 { | |
| 9245 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
| 1013 | 9246 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9247 { | |
| 9248 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9249 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
| 9250 } | |
| 828 | 9251 return; |
| 9252 } | |
| 9253 #endif | |
| 9254 | |
| 7 | 9255 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9256 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9257 { | |
| 9258 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9259 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9260 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9261 #endif | |
| 9262 } | |
| 9263 else | |
| 9264 vim_beep(); | |
| 9265 } | |
| 9266 | |
| 9267 static void | |
| 9268 ins_down(startcol) | |
| 9269 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9270 { | |
| 9271 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9272 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9273 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9274 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9275 #endif | |
| 9276 | |
| 9277 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9278 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9279 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9280 { | |
| 9281 if (startcol) | |
| 9282 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9283 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9284 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9285 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9286 #endif | |
| 9287 ) | |
| 9288 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9289 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9290 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9291 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9292 #endif | |
| 9293 } | |
| 9294 else | |
| 9295 vim_beep(); | |
| 9296 } | |
| 9297 | |
| 9298 static void | |
| 9299 ins_pagedown() | |
| 9300 { | |
| 9301 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9302 | |
| 9303 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9304 |
| 9305 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9306 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9307 { | |
| 9308 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
| 1013 | 9309 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9310 { | |
| 9311 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9312 goto_tabpage(0); | |
| 9313 } | |
| 828 | 9314 return; |
| 9315 } | |
| 9316 #endif | |
| 9317 | |
| 7 | 9318 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9319 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9320 { | |
| 9321 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9322 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9323 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9324 #endif | |
| 9325 } | |
| 9326 else | |
| 9327 vim_beep(); | |
| 9328 } | |
| 9329 | |
| 9330 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 9331 static void | |
| 9332 ins_drop() | |
| 9333 { | |
| 9334 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 9335 } | |
| 9336 #endif | |
| 9337 | |
| 9338 /* | |
| 9339 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
| 9340 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
| 9341 */ | |
| 9342 static int | |
| 9343 ins_tab() | |
| 9344 { | |
| 9345 int ind; | |
| 9346 int i; | |
| 9347 int temp; | |
| 9348 | |
| 9349 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 9350 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 9351 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9352 return FALSE; | |
| 9353 | |
| 9354 ind = inindent(0); | |
| 9355 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9356 if (ind) | |
| 9357 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 9358 #endif | |
| 9359 | |
| 9360 /* | |
| 9361 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
| 9362 */ | |
| 9363 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
| 9364 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) | |
| 9365 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) | |
| 9366 return TRUE; | |
| 9367 | |
| 9368 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9369 return TRUE; | |
| 9370 | |
| 9371 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9372 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9373 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9374 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9375 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9376 #endif | |
| 9377 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
| 9378 | |
| 9379 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 9380 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 9381 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ | |
| 9382 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 9383 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ | |
| 9384 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 9385 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
| 9386 | |
| 9387 /* | |
| 9388 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
| 9389 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
| 9390 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
| 9391 */ | |
| 9392 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9393 while (--temp > 0) | |
| 9394 { | |
| 9395 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9396 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9397 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9398 else | |
| 9399 #endif | |
| 9400 { | |
| 9401 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 9402 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
| 9403 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9404 } | |
| 9405 } | |
| 9406 | |
| 9407 /* | |
| 9408 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
| 9409 */ | |
| 9410 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) | |
| 9411 { | |
| 9412 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9413 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9414 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 9415 pos_T pos; | |
| 9416 #endif | |
| 9417 pos_T fpos; | |
| 9418 pos_T *cursor; | |
| 9419 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
| 9420 int change_col = -1; | |
| 9421 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 9422 | |
| 9423 /* | |
| 9424 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
| 9425 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
| 9426 */ | |
| 9427 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9428 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9429 { | |
| 9430 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9431 cursor = &pos; | |
| 9432 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 9433 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
| 9434 return FALSE; | |
| 9435 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
| 9436 } | |
| 9437 else | |
| 9438 #endif | |
| 9439 { | |
| 9440 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 9441 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9442 } | |
| 9443 | |
| 9444 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
| 9445 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9446 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 9447 | |
| 9448 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
| 9449 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9450 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
| 9451 { | |
| 9452 --fpos.col; | |
| 9453 --ptr; | |
| 9454 } | |
| 9455 | |
| 9456 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
| 9457 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9458 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9459 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9460 { | |
| 9461 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
| 9462 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
| 9463 } | |
| 9464 | |
| 9465 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
| 9466 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9467 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9468 | |
| 9469 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
| 9470 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
| 9471 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
| 9472 { | |
| 9473 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
| 9474 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
| 9475 break; | |
| 9476 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
| 9477 { | |
| 9478 *ptr = TAB; | |
| 9479 if (change_col < 0) | |
| 9480 { | |
| 9481 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
| 9482 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
| 9483 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9484 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
| 9485 } | |
| 9486 } | |
| 9487 ++fpos.col; | |
| 9488 ++ptr; | |
| 9489 vcol += i; | |
| 9490 } | |
| 9491 | |
| 9492 if (change_col >= 0) | |
| 9493 { | |
| 9494 int repl_off = 0; | |
| 9495 | |
| 9496 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
| 9497 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
| 9498 { | |
| 9499 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
| 9500 ++ptr; | |
| 9501 ++repl_off; | |
| 9502 } | |
| 9503 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
| 9504 { | |
| 9505 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
| 9506 --ptr; | |
| 9507 --repl_off; | |
| 9508 } | |
| 9509 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
| 9510 | |
| 9511 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
| 9512 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
| 9513 if (i > 0) | |
| 9514 { | |
| 1622 | 9515 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
| 7 | 9516 /* correct replace stack. */ |
| 9517 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9518 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9519 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9520 #endif | |
| 9521 ) | |
| 9522 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
| 9523 replace_join(repl_off); | |
| 9524 } | |
| 33 | 9525 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
| 2210 | 9526 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 33 | 9527 { |
|
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9528 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
| 33 | 9529 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
| 9530 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
| 9531 } | |
| 9532 #endif | |
| 7 | 9533 cursor->col -= i; |
| 9534 | |
| 9535 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9536 /* | |
| 9537 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
| 9538 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
| 9539 * spacing. | |
| 9540 */ | |
| 9541 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9542 { | |
| 9543 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
| 9544 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
| 9545 | |
| 9546 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
| 9547 * ptr-cursor */ | |
| 9548 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
| 9549 cursor->col - change_col); | |
| 9550 } | |
| 9551 #endif | |
| 9552 } | |
| 9553 | |
| 9554 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9555 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9556 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 9557 #endif | |
| 9558 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
| 9559 } | |
| 9560 | |
| 9561 return FALSE; | |
| 9562 } | |
| 9563 | |
| 9564 /* | |
| 9565 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
| 9566 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
| 9567 */ | |
| 9568 static int | |
| 9569 ins_eol(c) | |
| 9570 int c; | |
| 9571 { | |
| 9572 int i; | |
| 9573 | |
| 9574 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9575 return FALSE; | |
| 9576 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9577 return TRUE; | |
| 9578 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9579 | |
| 9580 /* | |
| 9581 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
| 9582 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
| 9583 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
| 9584 */ | |
| 9585 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9586 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9587 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9588 #endif | |
| 9589 ) | |
| 9590 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9591 | |
| 9592 /* | |
| 9593 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 9594 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
| 9595 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
| 9596 * in open_line(). | |
| 9597 */ | |
| 9598 | |
| 844 | 9599 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 9600 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
| 9601 * CTRL-O). */ | |
| 9602 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 9603 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
| 9604 #endif | |
| 9605 | |
| 7 | 9606 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9607 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9608 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
| 9609 fkmap(NL); | |
| 9610 # endif | |
| 9611 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
| 9612 * current line. */ | |
| 9613 if (revins_on) | |
| 9614 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 9615 #endif | |
| 9616 | |
| 9617 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
| 9618 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
| 9619 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 9620 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
| 9621 #endif | |
| 9622 0, old_indent); | |
| 9623 old_indent = 0; | |
| 9624 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9625 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9626 #endif | |
| 1032 | 9627 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9628 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
| 9629 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9630 #endif | |
| 7 | 9631 |
| 9632 return (!i); | |
| 9633 } | |
| 9634 | |
| 9635 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 9636 /* | |
| 9637 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
| 9638 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
| 9639 * done. | |
| 9640 */ | |
| 9641 static int | |
| 9642 ins_digraph() | |
| 9643 { | |
| 9644 int c; | |
| 9645 int cc; | |
| 2811 | 9646 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 9647 |
| 9648 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 9649 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 9650 { | |
| 9651 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9652 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9653 |
| 9654 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
| 2811 | 9655 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 9656 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 9657 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
| 9658 #endif | |
| 9659 } | |
| 9660 | |
| 9661 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 9662 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 9663 #endif | |
| 9664 | |
| 9665 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
| 9666 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
| 9667 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9668 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9669 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9670 --no_mapping; |
| 9671 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 9672 if (did_putchar) |
| 9673 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next | |
| 9674 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ | |
| 9675 edit_unputchar(); | |
|
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9676 |
| 7 | 9677 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ |
| 9678 { | |
| 9679 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9680 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9681 #endif | |
| 9682 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9683 return NUL; | |
| 9684 } | |
| 9685 if (c != ESC) | |
| 9686 { | |
| 2811 | 9687 did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 9688 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) |
| 9689 { | |
| 9690 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9691 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9692 |
| 9693 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
| 9694 { | |
| 661 | 9695 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9696 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
| 2811 | 9697 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 9698 } |
| 9699 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9700 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
| 9701 #endif | |
| 9702 } | |
| 9703 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9704 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9705 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9706 --no_mapping; |
| 9707 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 9708 if (did_putchar) |
| 9709 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the | |
| 9710 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ | |
| 9711 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 9712 if (cc != ESC) |
| 9713 { | |
| 9714 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
| 9715 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
| 9716 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9717 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9718 #endif | |
| 9719 return c; | |
| 9720 } | |
| 9721 } | |
| 9722 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9723 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9724 #endif | |
| 9725 return NUL; | |
| 9726 } | |
| 9727 #endif | |
| 9728 | |
| 9729 /* | |
| 9730 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
| 9731 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
| 9732 */ | |
| 9733 static int | |
| 9734 ins_copychar(lnum) | |
| 9735 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 9736 { | |
| 9737 int c; | |
| 9738 int temp; | |
| 9739 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
| 9740 | |
| 9741 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9742 { | |
| 9743 vim_beep(); | |
| 9744 return NUL; | |
| 9745 } | |
| 9746 | |
| 9747 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
| 9748 temp = 0; | |
| 9749 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 9750 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9751 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 9752 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 9753 { | |
| 9754 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9755 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
| 9756 } | |
| 9757 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 9758 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 9759 | |
| 9760 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9761 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 9762 #else | |
| 9763 c = *ptr; | |
| 9764 #endif | |
| 9765 if (c == NUL) | |
| 9766 vim_beep(); | |
| 9767 return c; | |
| 9768 } | |
| 9769 | |
| 449 | 9770 /* |
| 9771 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
| 9772 */ | |
| 9773 static int | |
| 9774 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
| 9775 int tc; | |
| 9776 { | |
| 9777 int c = tc; | |
| 9778 | |
| 9779 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9780 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 9781 { | |
| 9782 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
| 9783 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
| 9784 else | |
| 9785 scrollup_clamp(); | |
| 9786 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9787 } | |
| 9788 else | |
| 9789 #endif | |
| 9790 { | |
| 9791 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
| 9792 if (c != NUL) | |
| 9793 { | |
| 9794 long tw_save; | |
| 9795 | |
| 9796 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
| 9797 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
| 9798 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
| 9799 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
| 9800 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
| 9801 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
| 9802 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 9803 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
| 9804 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9805 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
| 9806 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9807 revins_chars++; | |
| 9808 revins_legal++; | |
| 9809 #endif | |
| 9810 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
| 9811 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 9812 } | |
| 9813 } | |
| 9814 return c; | |
| 9815 } | |
| 9816 | |
| 7 | 9817 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 9818 /* | |
| 9819 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
| 9820 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
| 9821 */ | |
| 9822 static void | |
| 9823 ins_try_si(c) | |
| 9824 int c; | |
| 9825 { | |
| 9826 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
| 9827 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9828 int i; | |
| 9829 int temp; | |
| 9830 | |
| 9831 /* | |
| 9832 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
| 9833 */ | |
| 9834 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
| 9835 { | |
| 9836 /* | |
| 9837 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
| 9838 */ | |
| 9839 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
| 9840 { | |
| 9841 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9842 /* | |
| 9843 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
| 9844 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
| 9845 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
| 9846 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
| 9847 * lines -- webb | |
| 9848 */ | |
| 9849 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 9850 i = pos->col; | |
| 9851 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
| 9852 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
| 9853 ; | |
| 9854 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 9855 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 9856 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 9857 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
| 9858 i = get_indent(); | |
| 9859 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 9860 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9861 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 9862 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 7 | 9863 else |
| 9864 #endif | |
| 9865 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 9866 } | |
| 9867 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9868 { | |
| 9869 /* | |
| 9870 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
| 9871 * more than indent of previous line | |
| 9872 */ | |
| 9873 temp = TRUE; | |
| 9874 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9875 { | |
| 9876 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9877 i = get_indent(); | |
| 9878 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9879 { | |
| 9880 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
| 9881 | |
| 9882 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
| 9883 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 9884 break; | |
| 9885 } | |
| 9886 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
| 9887 temp = FALSE; | |
| 9888 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 9889 } | |
| 9890 if (temp) | |
| 1516 | 9891 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
| 7 | 9892 } |
| 9893 } | |
| 9894 | |
| 9895 /* | |
| 9896 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
| 9897 */ | |
| 9898 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
| 9899 { | |
| 9900 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
| 9901 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
| 9902 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 9903 } | |
| 9904 | |
| 9905 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
| 9906 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 9907 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9908 } | |
| 9909 #endif | |
| 9910 | |
| 9911 /* | |
| 9912 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
| 9913 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 9914 */ | |
| 9915 static colnr_T | |
| 9916 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 9917 { | |
| 9918 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9919 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9920 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 9921 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 9922 } |